Annual Statements Open main menu

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP INC - Annual Report: 2020 (Form 10-K)

fdbc-20201231x10k

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x

ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________to______________________

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-38229

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO: 23-3017653

BLAKELY AND DRINKER STREETS

DUNMORE, PENNSYLVANIA 18512

TELEPHONE NUMBER (570) 342-8281

SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, without par value

FDBC

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o  No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o  No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

Smaller reporting company x

Emerging growth company o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on the attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o  No x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $192.3 million as of June 30, 2020, based on the closing price of $48.09. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2021, was 4,995,511.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference in partial response to Part III.


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K
Table of Contents

Part I.

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

5

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

16

Item 2.

Properties

16

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

17

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

17

Part II.

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

17

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

19

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

20

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

58

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

59

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

112

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

112

Item 9B.

Other Information

112

Part III.

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

112

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

112

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

112

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

113

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

113

Part IV.

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

113

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

115

Signatures

116


2


FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain of the matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute forward-looking statements for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as such may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The words “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

the effects of economic conditions particularly with regard to the negative impact of severe, wide-ranging and continuing disruptions caused by the spread of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) and responses thereto on current customers and the operations of the Company, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans;

acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses including but not limited to the recent acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”);

the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation;

the impact of new or changes in existing laws and regulations, including the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the regulations promulgated there under;

impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements, regulations and rules;

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes;

effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effect on economic and business conditions;

the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks;

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the internet;

technological changes;

the interruption or breach in security of our information systems and other technological risks and attacks resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger processing and loan or deposit updates and potential impacts resulting therefrom including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses;

the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities;

volatilities in the securities markets;

acts of war or terrorism;

disruption of credit and equity markets; and

the risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful.

The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect analyses only as of the date of this document. The Company has no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.

Readers should review the risk factors described in this document and other documents that we file or furnish, from time- to-time, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including quarterly reports filed on Form 10-Q and any current reports filed or furnished on Form 8-K.

ITEM 1: BUSINESS

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on August 10, 1999, and is a bank holding company, whose wholly-owned state chartered commercial bank is The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank (the Bank) (collectively, the Company). The Company is headquartered at Blakely and Drinker Streets in Dunmore, Pennsylvania.

3


The Bank has offered a full range of traditional banking services since it commenced operations in 1903. The Bank has a personal and corporate trust department and also provides alternative financial and insurance products with asset management services. A full list of services provided by the Bank is detailed in the section entitled “Products and Services” contained within the 2020 Annual Report to Shareholders, incorporated by reference. The service area is comprised of the Borough of Dunmore and the surrounding communities within Lackawanna and Luzerne counties in Northeastern Pennsylvania and Northampton County in Eastern Pennsylvania. In 2020, the Company had 12.00% of Lackawanna County’s total deposit market share ranking 3rd in total deposits, 3.08% of Luzerne County’s total deposit market share ranking 11th in total deposits and 5.98% of Northampton County’s total deposit market share ranking 7th in total deposits. The Company had 265 full-time equivalent employees on December 31, 2020, which includes exempt officers, exempt, non-exempt and part-time employees.

In February 2021, the Company announced the execution of an agreement and plan of reorganization to acquire Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (“Landmark”) in a transaction valued on February 25, 2021 at $43.4 million. Under the terms of the agreement, Landmark shareholders will receive as consideration 0.272 shares of Fidelity common stock and $3.26 in cash for each share of Landmark common stock that they own as of the closing date. Landmark is the holding company of Landmark Community Bank (“Landmark Bank”) which operates 5 retail community banking offices in Northeastern Pennsylvania. Subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, Landmark will merge with and into an acquisition subsidiary of the Company and Landmark Bank will merge with and into the Bank. The merger which is subject to approval of Landmark’s shareholders, regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions, is currently expected to close in the third quarter of 2021.

On May 1, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”) of Bangor, Pennsylvania. MNB was a one-bank holding company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and was headquartered in Bangor, PA. Its wholly owned subsidiary, founded in 1890, Merchants Bank of Bangor, was an independent community bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Merchants Bank conducted full-service commercial banking services through nine bank centers located in Northampton County, Pennsylvania. The acquisition expanded Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank’s full-service footprint into Northampton County, Pennsylvania and the Lehigh Valley.

The banking business is highly competitive, and the success and profitability of the Company depends principally on its ability to compete in its market area. Competition includes, among other sources: local community banks; savings banks; regional banks; national banks; credit unions; savings & loans; insurance companies; money market funds; mutual funds; small loan companies and other financial services companies. The Company has been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service enhanced by local decision making. These efforts enable the Company to establish long-term customer relationships and build customer loyalty by providing products and services designed to address their specific needs.

The banking industry is affected by general economic conditions including the effects of inflation, recession, unemployment, real estate values, trends in national and global economies and other factors beyond the Company’s control. The Company’s success is dependent, to a significant degree, on economic conditions in Northeastern Pennsylvania, especially within Lackawanna and Luzerne counties which the Company defines as its primary market area and Eastern Pennsylvania, especially Northampton County. An economic recession or a delayed economic recovery over a prolonged period of time in the Company’s market could cause an increase in the level of the Company’s non-performing assets and loan losses, and thereby cause operating losses, impairment of liquidity and erosion of capital. There are no concentrations of loans or customers that, if lost, would have a material adverse effect on the continued business of the Company. There is no material concentration within a single industry or a group of related industries that is vulnerable to the risk of a near-term severe impact.

The Company’s profitability is significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities. The Company’s loan portfolio is comprised principally of residential real estate, consumer, commercial and commercial real estate loans. The properties underlying the Company’s mortgages are concentrated in Northeastern and Eastern Pennsylvania. Credit risk, which represents the possibility of the Company not recovering amounts due from its borrowers, is significantly related to local economic conditions in the areas where the properties are located as well as the Company’s underwriting standards. Economic conditions affect the market value of the underlying collateral as well as the levels of adequate cash flow and revenue generation from income-producing commercial properties.

During 2020, the national economy grappled with the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic with the unemployment rate rising to 6.7% compared to 3.6% at the end of 2019. The unemployment rates in the Company’s local statistical markets, Scranton-Wilkes-Barre-Hazleton and Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton, rose to 7.6% and 6.2%, respectively, from 5.6% and 4.5%, respectively, at the end of 2019. The local economy has been volatile in recent years and generally lags the national market trends. The Company’s credit function strives to mitigate the negative impact of economic conditions by maintaining strict underwriting principles for commercial and consumer lending and ensuring that home mortgage underwriting adheres to the standards of secondary market makers. As it has in the past, the Company continued to pursue property foreclosure, wherever possible, to lessen the negative impact of foreclosed property ownership. However, during 2020, the Company respected the foreclosure and eviction moratoriums for all loans similar to those outlined in the CARES Act for Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage

4


Corporation (“FHLMC”) loans. Also, the pandemic forced the closure of courthouses which delayed the Company’s ability to affect foreclosures for those borrowers where CARES Act moratoriums would not reasonably apply. Refer to Item 1A, “Risk Factors” for material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company.

Federal and state banking laws contain numerous provisions that affect various aspects of the business and operations of the Company and the Bank. The Company is subject to, among others, the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and the Federal Reserve Board (the FRB) and the Bank is subject to, among others, the regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) and the rules promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB) but continues to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. Refer to Part II, Item 7 “Supervision and Regulation” for descriptions of and references to applicable statutes and regulations which are not intended to be complete descriptions of these provisions or their effects on the Company or the Bank. They are summaries only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. Applicable regulations relate to, among other things:

• operations

• consolidation

• disclosure

• securities

• reserves

• community reinvestment

• risk management

• dividends

• mergers

• consumer compliance

• branches

• capital adequacy

The Bank is examined periodically by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC.

The Company’s website address is http://www.bankatfidelity.com. The Company makes available through this website the annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practical after filing with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about the Company at http://www.sec.gov.

The Company’s accounting policies and procedures are designed to comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Refer to “Critical Accounting Policies,” which are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 7.

ITEM 1A: RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Company’s common stock is subject to risks inherent to the Company’s business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair the Company’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the Company’s common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the Company’s Business

The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect its financial performance.

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce profits. The Company’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. As prevailing interest rates change, net interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and re-pricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and rising interest rates generally are associated with a lower volume of loan originations. An increase in the general level of interest rates may also adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially adversely affect the Company’s net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume and overall profitability.

The Company is subject to lending risk.

There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where the Company operates as well as those across the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the United States. Increases in interest rates and/or weakening economic conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing these loans. The Company is also subject to various laws and regulations that affect its lending activities. Failure to

5


comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject the Company to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against the Company.

Commercial, commercial real estate and real estate construction loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or consumer loans. These types of loans are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans. Because these loans generally have larger balances than residential real estate loans and consumer loans, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for possible loan losses and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s allowance for possible loan losses may be insufficient.

The Company maintains an allowance for possible loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for possible loan losses charged to expense, that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for possible loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Company to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of the Company’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for possible loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. Further, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for possible loan losses, the Company will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for possible loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The FASB has recently issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how we recognize credit losses and may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update (“ASU”) entitled “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which replaces the current “incurred loss” model for recognizing credit losses with an “expected loss” model referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model. Under the CECL model, banks will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the “incurred loss” model required under current generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred.

Until recently, the new CECL standard was expected to become effective for the Company on January 1, 2020, and for interim periods within that year. In November 2019, FASB agreed to delay implementation of the new CECL standard for certain companies, including those companies that qualify as a smaller reporting company under SEC rules, until January 1, 2023. The Company currently expects to continue to qualify as a smaller reporting company, based upon the current SEC definition, and as a result will likely be able to defer implementation of the new CECL standard for a period of time. Nevertheless, the Company continues to evaluate the impact the CECL model will have on the accounting for credit losses, but the Company expects to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective, consistent with regulatory expectations set forth in interagency guidance issued at the end of 2016. The Company cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of the new standard on its business, financial condition, and results of operations. Accordingly, it is possible the new standard may require an increase in the allowance for credit losses for the estimated life of the financial asset, including an allowance for debt securities. The amount of the change in the allowance for credit losses, if any, resulting from the new guidance will be impacted by the portfolio composition and asset quality at the adoption date, as well as economic conditions and forecasts at the time of adoption. Moreover, the CECL model may create more volatility in the level of the allowance for loan losses. If the Company is required to materially increase the level of its allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we conclude that the decline in value of any of our investment securities is other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the credit-related portion of the impairment of that security through a charge to earnings.

We review our investment securities portfolio at each quarter-end reporting period to determine whether the fair value is

6


below the current carrying value. When the fair value of any of our investment securities has declined below its carrying value, we are required to assess whether the decline is other-than-temporary. If we conclude that the decline is other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the credit-related portion of the impairment of that security through a charge to earnings.

The Basel III capital requirements may require us to maintain higher levels of capital, which could reduce our profitability.

Basel III targets higher levels of base capital, certain capital buffers and a migration toward common equity as the key source of regulatory capital. Although the new capital requirements are phased in over the next decade and may change substantially before final implementation, Basel III signals a growing effort by domestic and international bank regulatory agencies to require financial institutions, including depository institutions, to maintain higher levels of capital. The direction of the Basel III implementation activities or other regulatory viewpoints could require additional capital to support our business risk profile prior to final implementation of the Basel III standards. If the Company and the Bank are required to maintain higher levels of capital, the Company and the Bank may have fewer opportunities to invest capital into interest-earning assets, which could limit the profitable business operations available to the Company and the Bank and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

The Company may need or be compelled to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed and on terms favorable to current shareholders.

Federal banking regulators require the Company and Bank to maintain adequate levels of capital to support their operations. These capital levels are determined and dictated by law, regulation and banking regulatory agencies. In addition, capital levels are also determined by the Company’s management and board of directors based on capital levels that they believe are necessary to support the Company’s business operations. The Company is evaluating its present and future capital requirements and needs, is developing a comprehensive capital plan and is analyzing capital raising alternatives, methods and options. Even if the Company succeeds in meeting the current regulatory capital requirements, the Company may need to raise additional capital in the near future to support possible loan losses during future periods or to meet future regulatory capital requirements.

Further, the Company’s regulators may require it to increase its capital levels. If the Company raises capital through the issuance of additional shares of its common stock or other securities, it may dilute the ownership interests of current investors and may dilute the per-share book value and earnings per share of its common stock. Furthermore, it may have an adverse impact on the Company’s stock price. New investors may also have rights, preferences and privileges senior to the Company’s current shareholders, which may adversely impact its current shareholders. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside its control, and on its financial performance. Accordingly, the Company cannot assure you of its ability to raise additional capital on terms and time frames acceptable to it or to raise additional capital at all. If the Company cannot raise additional capital in sufficient amounts when needed, its ability to comply with regulatory capital requirements could be materially impaired. Additionally, the inability to raise capital in sufficient amounts may adversely affect the Company’s operations, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expense and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability. Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s profitability depends significantly on economic conditions in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the local region in which it conducts business.

The Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the specific local markets in which the Company operates. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides banking and financial services to customers primarily in Lackawanna and Luzerne Counties in Northeastern Pennsylvania and Northampton County in Eastern Pennsylvania. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for the Company’s products and services as well as the ability of the Company’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of the Company’s deposit funding sources. A significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic occurrences, unemployment, changes in securities markets or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the

7


Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully compete with others for business.

The Company competes for loans, deposits and investment dollars with numerous regional and national banks and other community banking institutions, as well as other kinds of financial institutions and enterprises, such as securities firms, insurance companies, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers and private lenders. Many competitors have substantially greater resources than the Company does, and operate under less stringent regulatory environments. The differences in resources and regulations may make it more difficult for the Company to compete profitably, reduce the rates that it can earn on loans and on its investments, increase the rates it must offer on deposits and other funds, and adversely affect its overall financial condition and earnings.

The Company is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.

The Company, primarily through the Bank, is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Federal or commonwealth regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Company to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Company may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.

The Company’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.

Management regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject the Company to additional risks.

From time-to-time, the Company may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s future acquisitions could dilute your ownership and may cause it to become more susceptible to adverse economic events.

The Company may use its common stock to acquire other companies or make investments in banks and other complementary businesses in the future. The Company may issue additional shares of common stock to pay for future acquisitions, which would dilute your ownership interest in the Company. Future business acquisitions could be material to the Company, and the degree of success achieved in acquiring and integrating these businesses into the Company could have a material effect on the value of the Company’s common stock. In addition, any acquisition could require it to use substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt. In those events, it could become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

The Company may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by the Company can be intense and the Company may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of the Company’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.


8


The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. The Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, however there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company continually encounters technological change.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The operations of our business, including our interaction with customers, are increasingly done via electronic means, and this has increased our risks related to cyber security.

We are exposed to the risk of cyber-attacks in the normal course of business. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. We have observed an increased level of attention in the industry focused on cyber-attacks that include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. To combat against these attacks, policies and procedures are in place to prevent or limit the effect of the possible security breach of our information systems and we have insurance against some cyber-risks and attacks. While we have not incurred any material losses related to cyber-attacks, nor are we aware of any specific or threatened cyber-incidents as of the date of this report, we may incur substantial costs and suffer other negative consequences if we fall victim to successful cyber-attacks.  Such negative consequences could include remediation costs that may include liability for stolen assets or information and repairing system damage that may have been caused; deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants; lost revenues resulting from unauthorized use of proprietary information or the failure to retain or attract customers following an attack; litigation; and reputational damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence.

The Company is subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.

From time-to-time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law and various anti-takeover provisions under our articles and bylaws could impede the takeover of the Company.

Various Pennsylvania laws affecting business corporations may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire the Company, even if the acquisition would be advantageous to shareholders. In addition, we have various anti-takeover measures in place under our articles of incorporation and bylaws, including a supermajority vote requirement for mergers, a staggered board of directors, and the absence of cumulative voting. Any one or more of these measures may impede the takeover of the Company without the approval of our board of directors and may prevent our shareholders from taking part in a transaction in which they could realize a premium over the current market price of our common stock.

The Company is a holding company and relies on dividends from its banking subsidiary for substantially all of its revenue and its ability to make dividends, distributions, and other payments.

As a bank holding company, the Company’s ability to pay dividends depends primarily on its receipt of dividends from its subsidiary bank.  Dividend payments from the bank are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on net profits and retained earnings, imposed by bank regulatory agencies. The ability of the bank to pay dividends is also subject to profitability, financial condition, regulatory capital requirements, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. There is no assurance that the bank will be able to pay dividends in the future or that the Company will generate cash flow to

9


pay dividends in the future. The Company’s failure to pay dividends on its common stock may have a material adverse effect on the market price of its common stock.

The Company’s banking subsidiary may be required to pay higher FDIC insurance premiums or special assessments which may adversely affect its earnings.

The Company generally is unable to control the amount of premiums or special assessments that its subsidiary is required to pay for FDIC insurance. Any future changes in the calculation or assessment of FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and our ability to continue to pay dividends on our common stock at the current rate or at all.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics and other external events could significantly impact the Company’s business.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Company to incur additional expenses. Severe weather or natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics or other adverse external events may occur in the future. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The increasing use of social media platforms presents new risks and challenges and our inability or failure to recognize, respond to and effectively manage the accelerated impact of social media could materially adversely impact our business.

There has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms, including weblogs (blogs), social media websites, and other forms of Internet-based communications which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Social media practices in the banking industry are evolving, which creates uncertainty and risk of noncompliance with regulations applicable to our business. Consumers value readily available information concerning businesses and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Information posted on such platforms at any time may be adverse to our interests and/or may be inaccurate. The dissemination of information online could harm our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations, regardless of the information’s accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

Other risks associated with the use of social media include improper disclosure of proprietary information, negative comments about our business, exposure of personally identifiable information, fraud, out-of-date information, and improper use by employees and customers. The inappropriate use of social media by our customers or employees could result in negative consequences including remediation costs including training for employees, additional regulatory scrutiny and possible regulatory penalties, litigation or negative publicity that could damage our reputation adversely affecting customer or investor confidence.

Federal income tax reform could have unforeseen effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law H.R. 1, originally known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.” The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes a number of provisions, including the lowering of the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, effective January 1, 2018. There are also provisions that may partially offset the benefit of such rate reduction. Financial statement impacts include adjustments for, among other things, the re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities. While there are benefits, there is also substantial uncertainty regarding the details of U.S. Tax Reform. The long-term intended and unintended consequences of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on our business and on holders of our common shares is uncertain and could be adverse.

Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock

The Company’s stock price can be volatile.

Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. The Company’s stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:

Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations.

Recommendations by securities analysts.

Operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company.

News reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry.

Perceptions in the marketplace regarding the Company and/or its competitors.

New technology used, or services offered, by competitors.

10


Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving the Company or its competitors.

Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions.

Changes in government regulations.

Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.

General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause the Company’s stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.

The trading volume in the Company’s common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies.

The Company’s common stock is listed for trading on Nasdaq and the trading volume in its common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of the Company’s common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which the Company has no control. Given the lower trading volume of the Company’s common stock, significant sales of the Company’s common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause the Company’s stock price to fall.

Furthermore, from time to time, the Company’s common stock may be included in certain and various stock market indices. Inclusion in these indices may positively impact the price, trading volume, and liquidity of the Company’s common stock, in part, because index funds or other institutional investors often purchase securities that are in these indices. Conversely, if the Company’s market capitalization falls below the minimum necessary to be included in any of the indices at any annual reconstitution date, the opposite could occur. Further, the Company’s inclusion in indices may be weighted based on the size of its market capitalization, so even if the Company’s market capitalization remains above the amount required to be included on these indices, if its market capitalization is below the amount it was on the most recent reconstitution date, the Company’s common stock could be weighted at a lower level, holders attempting to track the composition of these indices will be required to sell the Company’s common stock to match the reweighting of the indices.

Risks Associated with the Company’s Industry

Future governmental regulation and legislation could limit the Company’s future growth.

The Company is a registered bank holding company, and its subsidiary bank is a depository institution whose deposits are insured by the FDIC. As a result, the Company is subject to various regulations and examinations by various regulatory authorities. In general, statutes establish the corporate governance and eligible business activities for the Company, certain acquisition and merger restrictions, limitations on inter-company transactions such as loans and dividends, capital adequacy requirements, requirements for anti-money laundering programs and other compliance matters, among other regulations. The Company is extensively regulated under federal and state banking laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Compliance with these statutes and regulations is important to the Company’s ability to engage in new activities and consummate additional acquisitions.

In addition, the Company is subject to changes in federal and state tax laws as well as changes in banking and credit regulations, accounting principles and governmental economic and monetary policies. The Company cannot predict whether any of these changes may adversely and materially affect it. Federal and state banking regulators also possess broad powers to take supervisory actions as they deem appropriate. These supervisory actions may result in higher capital requirements, higher insurance premiums and limitations on the Company’s activities that could have a material adverse effect on its business and profitability. While these statutes are generally designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and the FDIC insurance funds, they do not eliminate risk, and compliance with such statutes increases the Company’s expense, requires management’s attention and can be a disadvantage from a competitive standpoint with respect to non-regulated competitors.

The earnings of financial services companies are significantly affected by general business and economic conditions.

The Company’s operations and profitability are impacted by general business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, broad trends in industry and finance, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which the Company operates, all of which are beyond the Company’s control. Deterioration in economic conditions could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values and a decrease in demand for the Company’s products and services, among other things, any of which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Company may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. The Company may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements,

11


credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

A protracted government shutdown or issues relating to debt and the deficit may adversely affect the Company.

Extended shutdowns of parts of the federal government could negatively impact the financial performance of certain customers and could impact customers’ future access to certain loan and guarantee programs. As a result, this could impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a result of past difficulties of the federal government to reach agreement over federal debt and issues connected with the debt ceiling, certain rating agencies placed the United States government's long-term sovereign debt rating on their equivalent of negative watch and announced the possibility of a rating downgrade. The rating agencies, due to constraints related to the rating of the United States, also placed government-sponsored enterprises in which the Company invests and receives lines of credit on negative watch and a downgrade of the United States government's credit rating would trigger a similar downgrade in the credit rating of these government-sponsored enterprises. Furthermore, the credit rating of other entities, such as state and local governments, may also be downgraded should the United States government's credit rating be downgraded. The impact that a credit rating downgrade may have on the national and local economy could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The regulatory environment for the financial services is being significantly impacted by financial regulatory reform initiatives in the United States and elsewhere, including Dodd-Frank and regulations promulgated to implement it.

Dodd-Frank, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, comprehensively reforms the regulation of financial institutions, products and services. Dodd-Frank requires various federal regulatory agencies to implement numerous rules and regulations. Because the federal agencies are granted broad discretion in drafting these rules and regulations, many of the details and the impact of Dodd-Frank may not be known for many months or years.

While much of how the Dodd-Frank and other financial industry reforms will change our current business operations depends on the specific regulatory reforms and interpretations, many of which have yet to be released or finalized, it is clear that the reforms, both under Dodd-Frank and otherwise, will have a significant effect on our entire industry. Although Dodd-Frank and other reforms will affect a number of the areas in which we do business, it is not clear at this time the full extent of the adjustments that will be required and the extent to which we will be able to adjust our businesses in response to the requirements. Although it is difficult to predict the magnitude and extent of these effects at this stage, we believe compliance with Dodd-Frank and implementing its regulations and initiatives will negatively impact revenue and increase the cost of doing business, both in terms of transition expenses and on an ongoing basis, and it may also limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

Risks related to the merger of MNB Corporation (MNB) into the Company

The combined company incurred and may continue to incur significant transaction and merger-related costs in connection with the merger.

The Company incurred and may continue to incur costs associated with combining the operations of the two companies. The Company formulated and is executing on detailed integration plans to deliver planned synergies. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of the businesses of the Company and MNB. The Company may continue to incur substantial expenses in pursuit of completing our plans. Although the Company expects that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, may offset incremental transaction and merger-related costs over time, the net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

Post-merger integration of the two companies may distract the Company’s management team from its other responsibilities.

Post-merger integration of the two companies could cause the management of the Company to focus their time and energies on matters related to integration that otherwise would be directed to its business and operations. Any such distraction on the part of management, if significant, could affect management’s ability to service existing business and develop new business and adversely affect the combined company’s business and earnings.


12


Post-merger integration and operations may fail to achieve expected results.

The success of the acquisition of MNB depends heavily on a smooth post-merger integration and operations of the combined bank. Benefits of the transaction to shareholders may not be realized if the post-merger integration and operations are not well executed or well received by each bank’s historical customers.

The Company may fail to realize the cost savings it expects to achieve from the merger.

The success of the merger depends, in part, on the Company’s ability to realize the estimated cost savings from combining the businesses of the Company and MNB. While the Company believes that the cost savings estimates are achievable, it is possible that the potential cost savings could be more difficult to achieve than the Company anticipates. The Company’s cost savings estimates also depend on its ability to combine the businesses of the Company and MNB in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the Company’s estimates are incorrect or it is unable to combine the two entities successfully, the anticipated cost savings may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

Combining the Company and MNB may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than expected.

The Company and MNB operated, until the completion of the merger, independently. Since the completion of the merger, the combination process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of the Company’s ongoing business, and inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with clients and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger. As with any merger of financial institutions, there also may be disruptions that cause the Company to lose customers or cause customers to withdraw their deposits from the Company, or other unintended consequences that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Risks related to the merger of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (Landmark) into the Company

The combined company will incur significant transaction and merger-related costs in connection with the merger.

The Company expects to incur costs associated with combining the operations of the two companies. The Company is formulating detailed integration plans to deliver planned synergies. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of the businesses of the Company and Landmark. Whether or not the merger is consummated, the Company will incur substantial expenses, such as legal, accounting, printing, contract termination fees, and financial advisory fees, in pursuing the merger. Although the Company expects that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, may offset incremental transaction and merger-related costs over time, the net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

Some of the conditions to closing of the merger may result in delay or prevent completion of the merger, which may adversely affect the value of the Company’s and Landmark’s securities.

Completion of the merger is conditioned upon the receipt of certain governmental consents and approvals, including consents and approvals required by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities. Failure to obtain these consents would prevent consummation of the merger. Even if the approvals are obtained, the effort involved may delay consummation of the merger. Governmental authorities may also impose conditions in connection with the merger that may adversely affect the combined company’s operations after the merger. However, the Company is not required to take any action or agree to any condition or restriction in connection with obtaining any approvals that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or the combined company.

The merger may distract the Company’s management team from its other responsibilities.

The merger could cause the management of the Company to focus their time and energies on matters related to the merger that otherwise would be directed to its business and operations. Any such distraction on the part of management, if significant, could affect management’s ability to service existing business and develop new business and adversely affect the combined company’s business and earnings following the merger.

If the merger is not completed, the Company and Landmark will have incurred substantial expenses without realizing the expected benefits.

The Company will incur substantial expenses in connection with the merger. The completion of the merger depends on the satisfaction of specified conditions and the receipt of regulatory approvals. The Company cannot guarantee that these conditions will be met. If the merger is not completed, these expenses could have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company because it would not have realized the expected benefits from the merger.

In addition, if the merger is not completed, the Company may experience negative reactions from the financial markets and from their respective customers and employees. The Company also could be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the merger or to enforcement proceedings commenced against the Company to perform its obligations under the reorganization agreement. If the merger is not completed, the Company cannot assure its shareholders that the risks described above will not materialize and will not materially affect the business, financial results, and stock price of the Company.

13


Litigation against the Company or Landmark, or the members of the Company or Landmark board of directors, could prevent or delay the completion of the merger.

While the Company and Landmark believe that any claims that may be asserted by purported shareholder plaintiffs related to the merger would be without merit, the results of any such potential legal proceedings are difficult to predict and such legal proceedings could delay or prevent the merger from being completed in a timely manner. If litigation were to be commenced related to the merger, such litigation could affect the likelihood of obtaining the required approvals from the Company shareholders and Landmark shareholders. Moreover, any litigation could be time consuming and expensive, and could divert the attention of the management of the Company and Landmark away from their regular business. Any lawsuit adversely resolved against the Company, Landmark, or members of the Company or Landmark board of directors could have a material adverse effect on each party’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Post-merger integration and operations may fail to achieve expected results.

The success of the transaction depends heavily on a smooth post-merger integration and operations of the combined bank. Benefits of the transaction to shareholders may not be realized if the post-merger integration and operations are not well executed or well received by each bank’s historical customers.

The Company may fail to realize the cost savings it expects to achieve from the merger.

The success of the merger will depend, in part, on the Company’s ability to realize the estimated cost savings from combining the businesses of the Company and Landmark. While the Company believes that the cost savings estimates are achievable, it is possible that the potential cost savings could be more difficult to achieve than the Company anticipates. The Company’s cost savings estimates also depend on its ability to combine the businesses of the Company and Landmark in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the Company’s estimates are incorrect or it is unable to combine the two companies successfully, the anticipated cost savings may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

Combining the Company and Landmark may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than expected.

The Company and Landmark have operated, and, until the completion of the merger, will continue to operate, independently. Following the completion of the merger, the combination process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of the Company’s ongoing business, and inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with clients and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger. As with any merger of financial institutions, there also may be disruptions that cause the Company to lose customers or cause customers to withdraw their deposits from the Company, or other unintended consequences that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic

The COVID-19 Pandemic Has Adversely Impacted Our Business And Financial Results, And The Ultimate Impact Will Depend On Future Developments, Which Are Highly Uncertain And Cannot Be Predicted, Including The Scope And Duration Of The Pandemic And Actions Taken By Governmental Authorities In Response To The Pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the global, national and local economies, disrupted global and national supply chains, lowered equity market valuations, created significant volatility and disruption in financial markets, and increased unemployment levels. In addition, the pandemic resulted in temporary closures of many businesses and the institution of social distancing and sheltering in place requirements in many states and communities and may result in the same or similar restrictions in the future. As a result, the demand for our products and services have been and may continue to be significantly impacted, which could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. Furthermore, the pandemic could continue to result in the recognition of credit losses in our loan portfolios and increases in our allowance for credit losses, particularly if businesses remain required to operate at diminished capacities or are required to close again, the impact on the global, national and local economies worsen, or more customers draw on their lines of credit or seek additional loans to help finance their businesses. Similarly, because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers, we may be required to recognize further impairments on the securities we hold as well as reductions in other comprehensive income. Our business operations may also be disrupted if significant portions of our workforce are unable to work effectively, including because of illness, quarantines, government actions, or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations, and financial condition, as well as our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We continue to closely monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and related risks as they evolve. The magnitude, duration and likelihood of the current outbreak of COVID-19, further outbreaks of COVID-19, future actions taken by governmental authorities and/or other third parties in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and its future direct and indirect effects on the global, national and local economy generally and our business and results of operation specifically are highly uncertain. The COVID-19 pandemic may cause prolonged global or national recessionary economic conditions or longer lasting effects on

14


economic conditions than currently exist, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Due to the Company’s participation in the U.S. Small Business Administration ("SBA") Paycheck Protection Program ("PPP"), the Company is subject to additional risks of litigation from its clients or other parties regarding the processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guaranties.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act") was enacted, which included a $349 billion loan program administered through the SBA referred to as the PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and individuals could apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders. The Company participated as a lender in the PPP. Because of the short timeframe between the passing of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there was some ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP along with the continually evolving nature of SBA the rules, interpretations and guidelines concerning this program, which exposes us to risks relating to noncompliance with the PPP. Since the launch of the PPP, several large banks have been subject to litigation regarding the process and procedures that such banks used in processing applications for the PPP. As such, we may be exposed to the risk of litigation, from both clients and non-clients that approached the Company regarding PPP loans, regarding its process and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP. If any such litigation is filed against the us and is not resolved in a manner favorable to us, it may result in significant financial liability or adversely affect our reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome. Any financial liability, litigation costs or reputational damage caused by PPP related litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company also has credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, underwritten, certified by the borrower, funded, or serviced by the Company, such as an issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was originated, certified by the borrower, funded, or serviced by the Company, the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from us.


15


ITEM 1B:  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2:  PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2020, the Company operated 20 full-service banking offices, of which ten were owned and ten were leased. With the exception of the Pittston branch, none of the lessors of the properties leased by the Company are affiliated with the Company and all of the properties are located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Company is headquartered at its owner-occupied main branch located on the corner of Blakely and Drinker Streets in Dunmore, PA. We believe each of our facilities is suitable and adequate to meet our current operational needs.

The following table provides information with respect to the principal properties from which the Bank conducts business:

Location

Owned / leased*

Type of use

Full service

Drive-thru

ATM

Drinker & Blakely Streets,

Dunmore, PA

Owned

Main Branch (1) (2)

x

x

x

111 Green Ridge St.,

Scranton, PA

Leased

Green Ridge Branch (2)

x

x

x

1311 Morgan Hwy.,

Clarks Summit, PA

Leased

Abington Branch

x

x

x

1232 Keystone Industrial Park Rd.,

Dunmore, PA

Owned

Keystone Industrial Park Branch

x

x

x

338 North Washington Ave.,

Scranton, PA

Owned

Financial Center Branch (3)

x

x

4010 Birney Ave.,

Moosic, PA

Owned

Moosic Branch

x

x

x

225 Kennedy Blvd.,

Pittston, PA

Leased (4)

Pittston Branch

x

x

x

1598 Main St.,

Peckville, PA

Leased

Peckville Branch

x

x

x

247 Wyoming Ave.,

Kingston, PA

Owned

Kingston Branch

x

x

x

400 S. Main St.,

Scranton, PA

Owned

West Scranton Branch (2)

x

x

x

2363 Memorial Hwy.,

Dallas, PA

Leased

Back Mountain Branch

x

x

1 South Mountain Blvd.,

Mountain Top, PA

Leased

Mountain Top Branch

x

x

x

303 Pennsylvania Ave.,

Bangor, PA 18013

Owned

Bangor Branch

x

x

2 West Broad St.,

Bethlehem, PA 18018

Leased

Bethlehem Branch

x

x

46 Centre Square,

Easton, PA 18042

Leased

Easton Branch

x

x

1250 Braden Blvd.,

Easton, PA 18040

Owned

Forks Branch

x

x

x

6626 Main St.,

Martins Creek, PA 18063

Leased

Martins Creek Branch

x

x

x

2118 Delaware Dr.,

Mount Bethel, PA 18343

Owned

Mount Bethel Branch

x

x

16


44 South Broad St.,

Nazareth, PA 18064

Leased

Nazareth Branch

x

x

45 North Broadway,

Wind Gap, PA 18091

Owned

Wind Gap Branch

x

x

x

*All of the owned properties are free of encumbrances. At the Green Ridge branch office, Back Mountain branch office, Mountain Top branch office and Pittston branch office, the Company leases the land from an unrelated third party, however the buildings are the Company’s own capital improvement.

(1)Executive and administrative, commercial lending, trust and asset management services are located at the Main Branch.

(2)This office has two automated teller machines (ATMs).

(3)Executive, mortgage and consumer lending, finance, operations and a full-service call center are located in this building.

(4)This property is subject to a lease with a company of which director, William J. Joyce, Sr., is a partner.

The Company also operates a wealth management office in Minersville, PA under a short-term lease agreement.

As of December 31, 2020, the Bank maintained four free standing 24-hour ATMs located at the following locations:

The Shoppes at Montage, 1035 Shoppes Blvd., Moosic, PA;

Mountain Plaza Shopping Mall, 307 Moosic St., Scranton, PA;

Antonio’s Pizza, 45 Luzerne St., West Pittston, PA;

Back Mountain, 32 Dallas Shopping Ctr., Dallas, PA.

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale includes other real estate owned (ORE). The Company had six ORE properties as of December 31, 2020, which stemmed from six unrelated borrowers. Upon possession, foreclosed properties are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at the lower of cost or fair value. For a further discussion of ORE properties, see “Foreclosed assets held-for-sale”, located in the comparison of financial condition section of managements’ discussion and analysis.

ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The nature of the Company’s business generates some litigation involving matters arising in the ordinary course of business. However, in the opinion of the Company after consulting with legal counsel, no legal proceedings are pending, which, if determined adversely to the Company or the Bank, would have a material effect on the Company’s undivided profits or financial condition or results of operations. No legal proceedings are pending other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company and the Bank. In addition, to management’s knowledge, no governmental authorities have initiated or contemplated any material legal actions against the Company or the Bank.

ITEM 4: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable

PART II

ITEM 5: MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The common stock of the Company is listed on Nasdaq and traded on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “FDBC.” Shareholders requesting information about the Company’s common stock may contact:

Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr., Treasurer

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.

Blakely and Drinker Streets

Dunmore, PA 18512

(570) 342-8281

The Company’s common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on October 6, 2017. Dividends are determined and declared by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company expects to continue to pay cash dividends in the future; however, future dividends are dependent upon earnings, financial condition, capital strength and other factors of the Company. For a further discussion of regulatory capital requirements see Note 15, “Regulatory Matters,” contained within the notes to the consolidated financial statements, incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8.

The Company offers a dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) for its shareholders. The DRP provides shareholders with a convenient and economical method of investing cash dividends payable on their common stock and the opportunity to make voluntary optional cash payments to purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock.  Participants pay no brokerage commissions or service charges when they acquire additional shares of common stock through the DRP. The administrator may purchase shares directly from the Company, in the open market, in negotiated transactions with third parties or using a combination of these methods.

17


The Company had approximately 1,408 shareholders at December 31, 2020 and 1,446 shareholders as of February 28, 2021. The number of shareholders is the actual number of individual shareholders of record. Each security depository is considered a single shareholder for purposes of determining the approximate number of shareholders.

Performance graph

The following graph and table compare the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock against the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite and SNL Bank NASDAQ index (the SNL NASDAQ index) for the period of five fiscal years commencing January 1, 2016, and ending December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the SNL NASDAQ index consisted of 269 banks. A listing of the banks that comprise the SNL NASDAQ index can be found on the Company’s website at www.bankatfidelity.com and then on the bottom of the page clicking on, Investor Relations, Fidelity D & D Bancorp Stock, Stock Information, List of all companies in The SNL U.S. Bank NASDAQ index link at bottom of page. The graph illustrates the cumulative investment return to shareholders, based on the assumption that a $100 investment was made on December 31, 2015, in each of: the Company’s common stock, the NASDAQ Composite and the SNL NASDAQ index. All cumulative total returns are computed assuming the reinvestment of dividends into the applicable securities. The shareholder return shown on the graph and table below is not necessarily indicative of future performance:

Picture 1

Period Ending

Index

12/31/15

12/31/16

12/31/17

12/31/18

12/31/19

12/31/20

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.

100.00

108.61

191.72

303.43

299.26

317.12

NASDAQ Composite Index

100.00

108.87

141.13

137.12

187.44

271.64

SNL Bank NASDAQ Index

100.00

138.65

145.97

123.04

154.47

132.56


18


ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Set forth below are our selected consolidated financial and other data. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

Balance sheet data:

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Total assets

$

1,699,510

$

1,009,927

$

981,102

$

863,637

$

792,944

Total investment securities

392,420

185,117

182,810

157,385

130,037

Net loans and leases

1,105,450

743,663

718,317

638,172

595,541

Loans held-for-sale

29,786

1,643

5,707

2,181

2,854

Total deposits

1,509,505

835,737

770,183

730,146

703,459

Short-term borrowings

-

37,839

76,366

18,502

4,223

FHLB advances

5,000

15,000

31,704

21,204

-

Total shareholders' equity

166,670

106,835

93,557

87,383

80,631

Operating data for the year ended:

Total interest income

$

49,496

$

39,269

$

35,330

$

31,064

$

27,495

Total interest expense

5,311

7,554

4,873

3,223

2,358

Net interest income

44,185

31,715

30,457

27,841

25,137

Provision for loan losses

5,250

1,085

1,450

1,450

1,025

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

38,935

30,630

29,007

26,391

24,112

Other income

14,668

10,193

9,200

8,367

8,005

Other operating expense

38,319

26,921

25,072

24,836

21,655

Income before income taxes

15,284

13,902

13,135

9,922

10,462

Provision for income taxes

2,249

2,326

2,129

1,206

2,769

Net income

$

13,035

$

11,576

$

11,006

$

8,716

$

7,693

Per share data:

Net income per share, basic

$

2.84

$

3.06

$

2.93

$

2.35

$

2.09

Net income per share, diluted

$

2.82

$

3.03

$

2.90

$

2.33

$

2.09

Dividends declared

$

5,378

$

4,037

$

3,708

$

3,285

$

3,061

Dividends per share

$

1.14

$

1.06

$

0.98

$

0.88

$

0.83

Book value per share

$

33.48

$

28.25

$

24.89

$

23.40

$

21.91

Weighted-average shares outstanding

4,586,224

3,779,582

3,752,704

3,711,490

3,679,507

Shares outstanding

4,977,750

3,781,500

3,759,426

3,734,478

3,680,707

Ratios:

Return on average assets

0.87%

1.18%

1.20%

1.03%

1.02%

Return on average equity

9.06%

11.49%

12.36%

10.34%

9.64%

Net interest margin (1) (2)

3.30%

3.52%

3.59%

3.66%

3.68%

Efficiency ratio (1)

63.92%

63.11%

62.10%

66.25%

63.20%

Expense ratio

1.58%

1.70%

1.73%

1.95%

1.81%

Allowance for loan losses to loans

1.27%

1.29%

1.34%

1.42%

1.55%

Dividend payout ratio

41.26%

34.88%

33.69%

37.69%

39.79%

Equity to assets

9.81%

10.58%

9.54%

10.12%

10.17%

Equity to deposits

11.04%

12.78%

12.15%

11.97%

11.46%

(1) Non-GAAP disclosure – For a discussion on these ratios, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” located in management’s discussion and analysis.

(2) Net interest margin is calculated using the fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) yield on tax-exempt securities and loans. See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in management’s discussion and analysis for the FTE adjustments.


19


ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

Critical accounting policies

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect many of the reported amounts and disclosures. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020 is adequate and reasonable. Given the subjective nature of identifying and valuing loan losses, it is likely that well-informed individuals could make different assumptions and could, therefore, calculate a materially different allowance value. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, changes in economic conditions may necessitate revisions in the future. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

Another material estimate is the calculation of fair values of the Company’s investment securities. Fair values of investment securities are determined by pricing provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions. Based on experience, management is aware that estimated fair values of investment securities tend to vary among valuation services. Accordingly, when selling investment securities, price quotes may be obtained from more than one source. As described in Notes 1 and 4 of the consolidated financial statements, incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8, all of the Company’s investment securities are classified as available-for-sale (AFS). AFS securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, with unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax, reported separately within shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI).

The fair value of residential mortgage loans, classified as held-for-sale (HFS), is obtained from the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). Generally, the market to which the Company sells residential mortgages it originates for sale is restricted and price quotes from other sources are not typically obtained. On occasion, the Company may transfer loans from the loan portfolio to loans HFS. Under these circumstances, pricing may be obtained from other entities and the loans are transferred at the lower of cost or market value and simultaneously sold. For a further discussion on the accounting treatment of HFS loans, see the section entitled “Loans held-for-sale,” contained within this management’s discussion and analysis.

We account for business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. The application of this method of accounting requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are amortized, accreted or depreciated from those that are recorded as goodwill. Estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based upon assumptions that management believes to be reasonable.

Goodwill is tested at least annually at November 30 for impairment, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Impairment write-downs are charged to the consolidated statement of income in the period in which the impairment is determined. In testing goodwill for impairment, the Company performed a qualitative assessment, resulting in the determination that the fair value of its reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount. Accordingly, there is no goodwill impairment at December 31, 2020. Other acquired intangible assets that have finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment testing.

All significant accounting policies are contained in Note 1, “Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, within the notes to consolidated financial statements and incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8.

The following discussion and analysis presents the significant changes in the financial condition and in the results of operations of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the years then ended. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the consolidated financial statements but should be supplemental to GAAP used to prepare the Company’s financial statements and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for GAAP measures. In addition, the Company’s non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of other companies. The Company’s tax rate used to calculate the fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) adjustment was 21% at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 compared to 34% at December 31, 2017 and 2016.


20


The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of FTE net interest income:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Interest income (GAAP)

$

49,496 

$

39,269 

$

35,330 

$

31,064 

$

27,495 

Adjustment to FTE

1,095 

750 

718 

1,281 

1,124 

Interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

50,591 

40,019 

36,048 

32,345 

28,619 

Interest expense (GAAP)

5,311 

7,554 

4,873 

3,223 

2,358 

Net interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

$

45,280 

$

32,465 

$

31,175 

$

29,122 

$

26,261 

The efficiency ratio is non-interest expenses as a percentage of FTE net interest income plus non-interest income. The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of the efficiency ratio to GAAP:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP)

Non-interest expenses (GAAP)

$

38,319 

$

26,921 

$

25,072 

$

24,836 

$

21,655 

Net interest income (GAAP)

44,185 

31,715 

30,457 

27,841 

25,137 

Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment

1,095 

750 

718 

1,281 

1,124 

Non-interest income (GAAP)

14,668 

10,193 

9,200 

8,367 

8,005 

Net interest income (FTE) plus non-interest income (non-GAAP)

$

59,948 

$

42,658 

$

40,375 

$

37,489 

$

34,266 

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)

63.92%

63.11%

62.10%

66.25%

63.20%

The following table provides a reconciliation of the tangible common equity (non-GAAP) and the calculation of tangible book value per share:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Tangible Book Value per Share (non-GAAP)

Total assets (GAAP)

$

1,699,510 

$

1,009,927 

$

981,102 

$

863,637 

$

792,944 

Less: Intangible assets, primarily goodwill

(8,787)

(209)

(209)

(209)

-

Tangible assets

1,690,724 

1,009,718 

980,893 

863,428 

792,944 

Total shareholders' equity (GAAP)

166,670 

106,835 

93,557 

87,383 

80,631 

Less: Intangible assets, primarily goodwill

(8,787)

(209)

(209)

(209)

-

Tangible common equity

$

157,883 

$

106,626 

$

93,348 

$

87,174 

$

80,631 

Common shares outstanding, end of period

4,977,750 

3,781,500 

3,759,426 

3,734,478 

3,680,707 

Tangible Common Book Value per Share

$

31.72

$

28.20

$

24.83

$

23.34

$

21.91

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Company’s earnings results under GAAP to comparative non-GAAP results excluding merger-related expenses and an FHLB prepayment penalty:

2020

2019

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

Income before
income taxes

Provision for
income taxes

Net income

Diluted earnings
per share

Income before
income taxes

Provision for
income taxes

Net income

Diluted earnings
per share

Results of operations (GAAP)

$

15,284 

$

2,249 

$

13,035 

$

2.82 

$

13,902 

$

2,326 

$

11,576 

$

3.03 

Add: Merger-related expenses

2,452 

426 

2,026 

0.44 

440 

29 

411 

0.11 

Add: FHLB prepayment penalty

481 

101 

380 

0.08 

-

-

-

-

Adjusted earnings (non-GAAP)

$

18,217 

$

2,776 

$

15,441 

$

3.34 

$

14,342 

$

2,355 

$

11,987 

$

3.14 


21


Comparison of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2020

and 2019 and Results of Operations for each of the Years then Ended

Executive Summary

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared a coronavirus, identified as COVID-19, a global pandemic. The Company began proactive initiatives in March 2020 to assist clients, Fidelity Bankers and communities impacted by the effects of the novel coronavirus pandemic. Management activated its established pandemic contingency plan response in March 2020 to ensure business continuity while assuring the health, safety and well-being of bankers, clients and the community. Special measures included:

Installing proper social distancing signs and markers, to include safety barriers for both bankers and clients that encourage proper separation as recommended by the CDC.

Encouraging use of online, mobile, telephone banking, night drop and ATMs to meet clients’ banking needs.

Adding resources to the Customer Care Center to manage increased call and chat volume.

Activating telecommunications capabilities to enable Fidelity Bankers to work-from-home, as appropriate.

Providing Fidelity Bankers personal protective equipment and disinfectant supplies when working on-site.

Scheduling in-person meetings by appointment only, observing the guidelines of social distancing and personal safety as recommended by health and safety officials.

Enhancing EPA approved cleaning and disinfecting protocols implemented at all locations, including utilizing ionization machines when required.

Increasing the fresh air intake and using anti-viral filters in all HVAC units, above OSHA regulations.

Conducting meetings virtually.

The Company incurred approximately $0.3 million in non-interest expenses during 2020 to implement programs and provide supplies and services in order to respond to the pandemic.

Nationally, the unemployment rate grew from 3.6% at December 31, 2019 to 6.7% at December 31, 2020. The unemployment rates in the Scranton - Wilkes-Barre - Hazleton and the Allentown – Bethlehem - Easton Metropolitan Statistical Areas (local) increased and the Scranton – Wilkes-Barre - Hazleton rate remained at a higher level than the national unemployment rate. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the local unemployment rates at December 31, 2020 were 7.6% and 6.2%, respectively, an increase of 2.0 and 1.7 percentage points from the 5.6% and 4.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2019. The national and local unemployment rates have risen as a result of the effects of the pandemic. The increase in unemployment and business restrictions has had an effect on spending in our market area and unemployment is expected to remain above the December 2019 levels for the next few months. Stimulus payments and enhanced unemployment benefits have supported the economy throughout 2020 and the government could continue to provide this support in 2021. The median home values in the Scranton-Wilkes-Barre-Hazleton metro and Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton metro each increased 12.2% from a year ago, according to Zillow, an online database advertising firm providing access to its real estate search engines to various media outlets, and values are expected to grow 15.4% and 13.9% in the next year. In light of these expectations, we will continue to monitor the economic climate in our region and scrutinize growth prospects with credit quality as a principal consideration.

On May 1, 2020, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”). The merger expanded the Company’s full-service footprint into Northampton County, PA and the Lehigh Valley. Non-recurring costs to facilitate the merger and integrate systems of $2.5 million were incurred during 2020.

On February 26, 2021, the Company announced an agreement to acquire Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (“Landmark”). The Company expects to complete the merger with Landmark during the third quarter of 2021. The Company expects non-recurring costs to facilitate the anticipated merger and integrate systems in 2021 incurred by the Company to be $3.7 million. The Company remains committed to selectively expanding branch banking and wealth management locations in Northeastern and Eastern Pennsylvania as opportunities arrive going forward.

Non-recurring merger-related costs and a FHLB prepayment penalty incurred during 2020 are not a part of the Company’s normal operations. If these expenses had not occurred, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 would have been $15.4 million and $12.0 million, respectively. Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) would have been $3.34 and $3.14 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. For the same time periods, adjusted ROA (non-GAAP) would have been 1.03% and 1.22%, respectively, and adjusted ROE (non-GAAP) would have been 10.73% and 11.90%, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP) was $31.72 and $28.20, respectively. These non-GAAP measures should be reviewed in connection with the reconciliation of these non-GAAP ratios. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” located above within this management’s discussion and analysis.

During 2020, the Company’s assets grew by 68% primarily from assets acquired from the merger with MNB and additional growth in deposits and retained net earnings, which were used to fund growth in the loan portfolio. In 2021, we expect total loans (excluding loans acquired from Landmark) to decline as loans issued under the U.S. Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) are forgiven. Net of PPP loans, the loan portfolio is expected to increase with funding

22


provided primarily by deposit growth. We expect funds generated from operations, deposit growth along with calls and maturities will be used to replace, reinvest and grow the investment portfolio weighted heavier in municipal securities with net growth in mortgage-backed securities and agency securities as well. The cash flow from these securities will provide liquidity to reinvest. No short-term borrowings are expected in 2021 and FHLB advances will be paid off.

Non-performing assets represented 0.39% of total assets as of December 31, 2020, down from 0.50% at the prior year end. Non-performing assets to total assets was lower during 2020 mostly due to non-performing assets increasing slower than the growth in total assets. For 2021, management expects an increase in non-performing assets to total assets as a result of the stress from economic uncertainty resulting from the pandemic.

Branch managers, relationship bankers, mortgage originators and our business service partners are all focused on developing a mutually profitable full banking relationship. We understand our markets, offer products and services along with financial advice that is appropriate for our community, clients and prospects. The Company continues to focus on the trusted financial advisor model by utilizing the team approach of experienced bankers that are fully engaged and dedicated towards maintaining and growing profitable relationships.

The Company generated $13.0 million in net income in 2020, up $1.4 million, or 13%, from $11.6 million in 2019. In 2020, our larger and well diversified balance sheet from organic and inorganic growth contributed to the success of our earnings performance. The 2021 focus is to manage net interest income through a relatively flat forecasted rate cycle by controlling loan and deposit pricing to maintain a reasonable spread. Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) officials began increasing interest rates at the end of 2015 in an attempt to return to a “normal” stance. Rate cuts of 50 and 100 basis points during the first quarter of 2020 at the start of the pandemic completely reversed the increases initiated by the FOMC at the end of 2015. From a financial condition and performance perspective, our mission for 2021 will be to continue to strengthen our capital position from strategic growth oriented objectives, implement creative marketing and revenue enhancing strategies, grow and cultivate more of our wealth management and business services and to manage credit risk at tolerable levels thereby maintaining overall asset quality.

For the near-term, we expect to continue to operate in a relatively low flat interest rate environment. The Company’s balance sheet is positioned to improve its net interest income performance, but reducing cost of funds may not keep pace with low yields that may compress net interest spread and margin. The Company expects net interest margin to decline for 2021. In March 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was approved by Congress and signed into law by President Biden. This legislation will provide many customers with the third round of economic impact payments since the pandemic began. This could cause a temporary surge in personal deposit balances which would increase our excess cash position and further compress net interest margin. Expectations are for short-term rates to remain flat throughout 2021, which could cause deposit rate pricing to decrease further.

Financial Condition

Consolidated assets increased $689.6 million, or 68%, to $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2020 from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2019. The increase in assets occurred primarily from assets acquired in the merger with MNB. Of the growth in net loans and leases, $132.1 million was from PPP loans that are mostly expected to be paid off during 2021. The asset growth was funded by utilizing growth in deposits of $673.8 million and $7.7 million in retained earnings, net of dividends declared.

The following table is a comparison of condensed balance sheet data as of December 31:

(dollars in thousands)

Assets:

2020

%

2019

%

2018

%

Cash and cash equivalents

$

69,346

4.1

%

$

15,663

1.6

%

$

17,485

1.8

%

Investment securities

392,420

23.1

185,117

18.3

182,810

18.6

Restricted investments in bank stock

2,813

0.2

4,383

0.4

6,339

0.6

Loans and leases, net

1,135,236

66.8

745,306

73.8

724,024

73.8

Bank premises and equipment

27,626

1.6

21,557

2.1

18,920

1.9

Life insurance cash surrender value

44,285

2.6

23,261

2.3

20,615

2.1

Other assets

27,784

1.6

14,640

1.5

10,909

1.2

Total assets

$

1,699,510

100.0

%

$

1,009,927

100.0

%

$

981,102

100.0

%

Liabilities:

Total deposits

$

1,509,505

88.8

%

$

835,737

82.8

%

$

770,183

78.5

%

Short-term borrowings

-

-

37,839

3.7

76,366

7.8

FHLB advances

5,000

0.3

15,000

1.5

31,704

3.2

Other liabilities

18,335

1.1

14,516

1.4

9,292

1.0

Total liabilities

1,532,840

90.2

903,092

89.4

887,545

90.5

Shareholders' equity

166,670

9.8

106,835

10.6

93,557

9.5

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

1,699,510

100.0

%

$

1,009,927

100.0

%

$

981,102

100.0

%

23


A comparison of net changes in selected balance sheet categories as of December 31, are as follows:

Earning

Short-term

FHLB

(dollars in thousands)

Assets

%

assets*

%

Deposits

%

borrowings

%

advances

%

2020

$

689,583

68

$

648,880

69

$

673,768

81

$

(37,839)

(100)

$

(10,000)

(67)

2019

28,825

3

21,878

2

65,554

9

(38,527)

(50)

(16,704)

(53)

2018

117,465

14

112,078

14

40,037

5

57,864

313

10,500

50

2017

70,693

9

61,985

8

26,687

4

14,279

338

21,204

100

2016

63,586

9

64,736

10

82,784

13

(23,981)

(85)

-

-

* Earning assets include interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, gross loans and leases, loans held-for-sale, available-for-sale securities and restricted investments in bank stock excluding loans placed on non-accrual status.

Funds Provided:

Deposits

The Company is a community based commercial depository financial institution, member FDIC, which offers a variety of deposit products with varying ranges of interest rates and terms. Generally, deposits are obtained from consumers, businesses and public entities within the communities that surround the Company’s 20 branch offices and all deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the full extent permitted by law. Deposit products consist of transaction accounts including: savings; clubs; interest-bearing checking; money market and non-interest bearing checking (DDA). The Company also offers short- and long-term time deposits or certificates of deposit (CDs). CDs are deposits with stated maturities which can range from seven days to ten years. Cash flow from deposits is influenced by economic conditions, changes in the interest rate environment, pricing and competition. To determine interest rates on its deposit products, the Company considers local competition, spreads to earning-asset yields, liquidity position and rates charged for alternative sources of funding such as short-term borrowings and FHLB advances.

The following table represents the components of total deposits as of December 31:

2020

2019

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Interest-bearing checking

$

453,896

30.0

%

$

242,171

29.0

%

Savings and clubs

179,676

11.9

104,854

12.5

Money market

340,654

22.6

180,478

21.6

Certificates of deposit

127,783

8.5

116,211

13.9

Total interest-bearing

1,102,009

73.0

643,714

77.0

Non-interest bearing

407,496

27.0

192,023

23.0

Total deposits

$

1,509,505

100.0

%

$

835,737

100.0

%

Total deposits increased $673.8 million, or 81%, from $835.7 million at December 31, 2019 to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2020. Non-interest bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts contributed the most to the deposit growth with increases of $215.5 million and $211.7 million, respectively. The Company acquired checking accounts from the merger with MNB and also added accounts in the Lehigh Valley after the merger. Expectations are that customers preferred to keep money in their checking accounts during this uncertain economic climate and did not spend as much as normal due to business and travel restrictions. Of the growth in non-interest bearing checking accounts, $116.8 million was new accounts in the Lehigh Valley. The remaining growth of over $98 million was primarily due to an increase in existing business and personal deposit account balances. The increase in interest-bearing checking accounts included $121.1 million in new deposits from the Lehigh Valley. The remaining increase of over $90 million was primarily due to seasonal tax cycles, business activity and relief from the CARES Act. Money market accounts increased $160.2 million, $97.7 million of which was added from the Lehigh Valley, and the remainder was mostly due to higher balances of personal and business accounts and shifts from other types of deposit accounts. The Company focuses on obtaining a full-banking relationship with existing customers as well as forming new customer relationships. Savings accounts increased $74.8 million due to $53.4 million in accounts added in the Lehigh Valley and also an increase in personal account balances. The Company will continue to execute on its relationship development strategy, explore the demographics within its marketplace and develop creative programs for its customers. For 2021, the Company expects deposit growth to fund asset growth with expansion in the new Lehigh Valley market and the pending acquisition of Landmark. During the first half of 2021, management expects an increase in personal deposit balances from the third round of economic impact payments being distributed to customers. When pandemic-related restrictions are lifted, the Company anticipates personal spending to increase and therefore average deposit balances to decline. Seasonal public deposit fluctuations are expected to remain volatile and at times may partially offset this deposit growth.

24


Additionally, CDs also increased $11.6 million with $42.3 million from accounts in the Lehigh Valley partially offset by runoff as rates dropped during 2020 and promos reached maturity. The Company will continue to pursue strategies to grow and retain retail and business customers with an emphasis on deepening and broadening existing and creating new relationships.

The Company uses the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) reciprocal program and Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) reciprocal program to obtain FDIC insurance protection for customers who have large deposits that at times may exceed the FDIC maximum insured amount of $250,000. In the CDARS program, deposits with varying terms and interest rates, originated in the Company’s own markets, are exchanged for deposits of other financial institutions that are members in the CDARS network. By placing the deposits in other participating institutions, the deposits of our customers are fully insured by the FDIC. In return for deposits placed with network institutions, the Company receives from network institutions deposits that are approximately equal in amount and are comprised of terms similar to those placed for our customers. Deposits the Company receives from other institutions are considered reciprocal deposits by regulatory definitions. The Company did not have any CDARs as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, ICS reciprocal deposits represented $46.2 million and $19.7 million, or 3% and 2%, of total deposits which are included in interest-bearing checking accounts in the table above. The $26.5 million increase in ICS deposits is primarily due to public funds deposit transfers from other interest-bearing checking accounts to ICS accounts.

The maturity distribution of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2020 is as follows:

More than

More than

More

Three months

three months

six months to

than twelve

(dollars in thousands)

or less

to six months

twelve months

months

Total

CDs of $100,000 or more

$

21,974

$

10,359

$

22,675

$

14,002

$

69,010

CDs of less than $100,000

11,108

10,238

13,459

23,927

58,732

Total CDs

$

33,082

$

20,597

$

36,134

$

37,929

$

127,742

There is a remaining time deposit premium of $42 thousand that will be amortized into income on a level yield amortization method over the contractual life of the deposits that is not included in the table above.

Approximately 70% of the CDs, with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.90%, are scheduled to mature in 2021 and an additional 21%, with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.75%, are scheduled to mature in 2022. Renewing CDs are currently expected to re-price to lower market rates depending on the rate on the maturing CD, the pace and direction of interest rate movements, the shape of the yield curve, competition, the rate profile of the maturing accounts and depositor preference for alternative, non-term products. The Company plans to address repricing CDs in the ordinary course of business on a relationship basis and is prepared to match rates when prudent to maintain relationships. Growth in CD accounts is challenged by the current and expected rate environment and clients’ preference for short-term rates, as well as aggressive competitor rates. The Company is not currently offering any CD promotions but may resume promotions in the future. The Company will consider the needs of the customers and simultaneously be mindful of the liquidity levels, borrowing rates and the interest rate sensitivity exposure of the Company.

Short-term borrowings

Borrowings are used as a complement to deposit generation as an alternative funding source whereby the Company will borrow under advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh and other correspondent banks for asset growth and liquidity needs.

The components of short-term borrowings are as follows:

As of December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Overnight borrowings

$

-

$

37,839

Short-term borrowings may include overnight balances with FHLB line of credit and/or correspondent bank’s federal funds lines which the Company may require to fund daily liquidity needs such as deposit outflow, loan demand and operations. Short-term borrowings decreased $37.8 million during 2020 as a result of deposit growth. The Company does not expect to have short-term borrowings in 2021.

Information with respect to the Company’s short-term borrowing’s maximum and average outstanding balances and interest rates are contained in Note 8, “Short-term Borrowings,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8.

FHLB advances

During 2020, the Company paid off $10.0 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 2.97%. During the second quarter of 2020, the Company acquired $7.6 million of FHLB advances from the merger that was subsequently

25


paid off. At December 31, 2019, the Company had $15.0 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 3.01%. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had the ability to borrow an additional $428.7 million from the FHLB.

Funds Deployed:

Investment Securities

The Company’s investment policy is designed to complement its lending activities, provide monthly cash flow, manage interest rate sensitivity and generate a favorable return without incurring excessive interest rate and credit risk while managing liquidity at acceptable levels. In establishing investment strategies, the Company considers its business, growth strategies or restructuring plans, the economic environment, the interest rate sensitivity position, the types of securities in its portfolio, permissible purchases, credit quality, maturity and re-pricing terms, call or average-life intervals and investment concentrations. The Company’s policy prescribes permissible investment categories that meet the policy standards and management is responsible for structuring and executing the specific investment purchases within these policy parameters. Management buys and sells investment securities from time-to-time depending on market conditions, business trends, liquidity needs, capital levels and structuring strategies. Investment security purchases provide a way to quickly invest excess liquidity in order to generate additional earnings. The Company generally earns a positive interest spread by assuming interest rate risk using deposits or borrowings to purchase securities with longer maturities.

At the time of purchase, management classifies investment securities into one of three categories: trading, available-for-sale (AFS) or held-to-maturity (HTM). To date, management has not purchased any securities for trading purposes. All of the securities the Company purchases are classified as AFS even though there is no immediate intent to sell them. The AFS designation affords management the flexibility to sell securities and position the balance sheet in response to capital levels, liquidity needs or changes in market conditions. Debt securities AFS are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported separately within shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). Securities designated as HTM are carried at amortized cost and represent debt securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity.

As of December 31, 2020, the carrying value of investment securities amounted to $392.4 million, or 23% of total assets, compared to $185.1 million, or 18% of total assets, at December 31, 2019. On December 31, 2020, 38% of the carrying value of the investment portfolio was comprised of U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS – GSE residential or mortgage-backed securities) that amortize and provide monthly cash flow that the Company can use for reinvestment, loan demand, unexpected deposit outflow, facility expansion or operations.

Investment securities were comprised of AFS securities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The AFS securities were recorded with a net unrealized gain of $11.3 million and a net unrealized gain of $4.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Of the net improvement in the unrealized gain position of $6.8 million, $4.5 million was net unrealized gains on municipal securities, $2.2 million was net unrealized gains on mortgages-backed securities and $0.1 million was net unrealized gains on agency securities. The direction and magnitude of the change in value of the Company’s investment portfolio is attributable to the direction and magnitude of the change in interest rates along the treasury yield curve. Generally, the values of debt securities move in the opposite direction of the changes in interest rates. As interest rates along the treasury yield curve decline, especially at the intermediate and long end, the values of debt securities tend to rise. Whether or not the value of the Company’s investment portfolio will continue to rise above its amortized cost will be largely dependent on the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements and the duration of the debt securities within the Company’s investment portfolio. When interest rates rise, the market values of the Company’s debt securities portfolio could be subject to market value declines.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $278.4 million in public deposits, or 18% of total deposits. Pennsylvania state law requires the Company to maintain pledged securities on these public deposits or otherwise obtain a FHLB letter of credit or FDIC insurance for these customers. As of December 31, 2020, the balance of pledged securities required for deposit accounts was $270.4 million, or 69% of total securities.

Quarterly, management performs a review of the investment portfolio to determine the causes of declines in the fair value of each security. The Company uses inputs provided by independent third parties to determine the fair value of its investment securities portfolio. Inputs provided by the third parties are reviewed and corroborated by management. Evaluations of the causes of the unrealized losses are performed to determine whether impairment exists and whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary. Considerations such as the Company’s intent and ability to hold the securities until or sell prior to maturity, recoverability of the invested amounts over the intended holding period, the length of time and the severity in pricing decline below cost, the interest rate environment, the receipt of amounts contractually due and whether or not there is an active market for the securities, for example, are applied, along with an analysis of the financial condition of the issuer for management to make a realistic judgment of the probability that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts (principal and interest) due in determining whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired. If a decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the amortized cost of the security is reduced by the credit impairment amount and a corresponding charge to current earnings is recognized. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not incur other-than-temporary impairment charges from its investment securities portfolio.

26


During 2020, the carrying value of total investments increased $207.3 million, or 112%. The Company acquired securities with a fair value of $123.4 million as a result of the merger with MNB on May 1, 2020. The Company immediately sold $107.4 million of these securities. During the second quarter of 2020, the Company implemented an investment strategy to redeploy the acquired portfolio that was liquidated on May 1, 2020. The re-investment strategy was completed in the third quarter of 2020. The Company attempts to maintain a well-diversified and proportionate investment portfolio that is structured to complement the strategic direction of the Company. Its growth typically supplements the lending activities but also considers the current and forecasted economic conditions, the Company’s liquidity needs and interest rate risk profile.

A comparison of total investment securities as of December 31 follows:

2020

2019

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

%

Amount

%

MBS - GSE residential

$

147,260

37.5

%

$

124,240

67.1

%

State & municipal subdivisions

199,713

50.9

54,718

29.6

Agency - GSE

45,447

11.6

6,159

3.3

Total

$

392,420

100.0

%

$

185,117

100.0

%

As of December 31, 2020, there were no investments from any one issuer with an aggregate book value that exceeded 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

The distribution of debt securities by stated maturity and tax-equivalent yield at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

More than

More than

More than

One year or less

one year to five years

five years to ten years

ten years

Total

(dollars in thousands)

$

%

$

%

$

%

$

%

$

%

MBS - GSE residential

$

-

-

%

$

204 

4.19 

%

$

5,154 

3.43 

%

$

141,902 

2.75 

%

$

147,260 

2.77 

%

State & municipal subdivisions

-

-

1,003 

6.02 

22,456 

1.67 

176,254 

3.51 

199,713 

3.31 

Agency - GSE

-

-

6,336 

2.70 

33,634 

1.09 

5,477 

1.45 

45,447 

1.35 

Total debt securities

$

-

-

%

$

7,543 

3.18 

%

$

61,244 

1.50 

%

$

323,633 

3.14 

%

$

392,420 

2.88 

%

In the above table, the book yields on nontaxable state & municipal subdivisions were adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using the corporate federal tax rate of 21%. In addition, average yields on securities AFS are based on amortized cost and do not reflect unrealized gains or losses.

Restricted investments in bank stock

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is required for membership in the organization and is carried at cost since there is no market value available. The amount the Company is required to invest is dependent upon the relative size of outstanding borrowings the Company has with the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Excess stock is repurchased from the Company at par if the amount of borrowings decline to a predetermined level. In addition, the Company earns a return or dividend based on the amount invested. Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (ACBB) stock totaling $45 thousand was acquired from the merger with MNB. The dividends received from the FHLB totaled $203 thousand and $343 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The balance in FHLB and ACBB stock was $2.8 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Loans and leases

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had gross loans and leases totaling $1.1 billion compared to $754 million at December 31, 2019, an increase of $366 million, or 49%.

The increase resulted primarily from $210 million in loans acquired from the merger with MNB and $130 million in loans, net of deferred fees, originated under the PPP primarily during the second quarter 2020 that were still outstanding at year-end.

As of December 31, 2020, Company-originated loans, excluding the PPP loans, totaled $781 million compared with $754 million as of December 31, 2019, an increase of $27 million, or 4%, primarily in the residential real estate loan held-for-investment portfolio, resulting from loan modifications to refinance existing loans at market rates to qualified customers.


27


A comparison of loan originations, net of participations is as follows for the periods indicated:

2020

2019

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

Amount

Loans:

Commercial and industrial

$

198,785 

$

19,497 

Commercial real estate

32,236 

14,910 

Consumer

48,725 

58,188 

Residential real estate

201,440 

54,872 

481,186 

147,467 

Lines of credit:

Commercial

36,622 

60,893 

Residential construction

31,444 

19,555 

Home equity and other consumer

22,859 

12,228 

90,925 

92,676 

Total originations closed

$

572,111 

$

240,143 

Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate

As of December 31, 2020, the commercial loan portfolio totaled $663 million and consisted of commercial and industrial (C&I) and commercial real estate (CRE) loans. Company-originated loans totaled $502 million and acquired loans from MNB totaled $161 million. As of December 31, 2019, the commercial loan portfolio totaled $358 million. and therefore, loans originated by the Company experienced a $144 million, or 40%, year-over-year increase.

Company-originated loans, net of fees, excluding $130 million in PPP loans, which were recorded as C&I loans, increased $14 million, or 4%, from $358 million as of December 31, 2019 to $372 million as of December 31, 2020.

This increase resulted primarily from the origination of a $7.2 million C&I loan and $6.5 million CRE loan during the fourth quarter.

Paycheck Protection Program Loans

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, was signed into law on March 27, 2020, and provided over $2.0 trillion in emergency economic relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (SBA) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new 7(a) loan program called the PPP.

As a qualified SBA lender, the Company was automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. An eligible business can apply for a PPP loan up to the greater of: (1) 2.5 times its average monthly payroll costs, or (2) $10.0 million. PPP loans have: (a) an interest rate of 1.0%; (b) a two-year loan term to maturity for loans originated before June 5th and a five-year maturity for loans originated beginning on June 5th; and (c) principal and interest payments deferred for six months from the date of disbursement. The SBA guaranteed 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. The entire principal amount of the borrowers’ PPP loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount under the PPP, so long as the employer maintains or quickly rehires employees and maintains salary levels and 60% of the loan proceeds are used for payroll expenses, with the remaining 40% of the loan proceeds used for other qualifying expenses.

During the second and third quarter, the Company originated 1,551 loans totaling $159 million under the Paycheck Protection Program, and during the fourth quarter, the Company began the process of submitting PPP forgiveness applications to the SBA. As of December 31, 2020, the remaining principal balance of these loans was $132 million as the Company received full and partial forgiveness totaling $27 million, or 17% of the balance originated.

As a PPP lender, the Company received fee income of approximately $5.6 million. The Company recognized $3.3 million of PPP fee income during the second, third, and fourth quarters of 2020 with the remaining amount to be recognized in future quarters. Unearned fees attributed to PPP loans net of fees paid to referral sources, as prescribed by the SBA under the PPP program, was $2.2 million as of December 31, 2020.

The PPP loans originated by size were as follows as of December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)

Balance originated

Current balance

Total SBA fee

SBA fee recognized

$150,000 or less

$

46,516

$

37,381

$

2,326

$

1,337

Greater than $150,000 but less than $2,000,000

80,931

63,097

2,970

1,805

$2,000,000 or higher

31,656

31,656

316

155

Total PPP loans originated

$

159,103

$

132,134

$

5,612

$

3,297

28


As part of the Economic Relief Act, which became law on December 27, 2020, an additional $284 billion was allocated to a reauthorized and revised PPP. On January 19, 2021, the Company began processing and originating PPP loans, and through February 28, 2021, the Company has originated 699 loans totaling $65.9 million with expected fee income of $3.4 million.

Consumer

As of December 31, 2020, the consumer loan portfolio totaled $216 million and consisted of home equity installment, home equity line of credit, auto, direct finance leases and other consumer loans. Company-originated loans totaled $205 million and acquired loans from MNB totaled $11 million. As of December 31, 2019, the consumer loan portfolio totaled $212 million. The $4 million, or 2%, increase in the consumer loan portfolio was due to the MNB acquisition.

Net of MNB-acquired loans, company-originated loans decreased by $7 million, or 3%. This reduction in company-originated consumer loans was primarily the result of net runoff in the auto loan portfolio, the result of COVID-19’s impact on car sales during the second and third quarters of 2020.

Residential

As of December 31, 2020, the residential loan portfolio totaled $242 million and consisted primarily of held-for-investment residential loans for primary residences. Company-originated loans totaled $204 million and acquired loans from MNB totaled $38 million. As of December 31, 2019, the residential loan portfolio totaled $185 million. The $57 million, or 31%, increase in the residential loan portfolio was primarily due to the MNB acquisition.

Net of MNB-acquired loans, Company-originated loans increased by $19 million, or 10%, mainly due to $29 million in 145 mortgage modifications to refinance existing loans at market rates to qualified customers.

The Company’s service team is experienced, knowledgeable, and dedicated to servicing the community and its clients. The Company will continue to provide products and services that benefit our clients as well as the community which is very important to our success. There is much uncertainty regarding the effects COVID-19 may have on demand for loans and leases. The Company has been proactively trying to reach out to customers to understand their needs during this crisis.

A comparison of loans and related percentage of gross loans, at December 31, for the five previous periods is as follows:

2020

2019

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

Originated

Acquired

Total

Commercial and industrial

$

257,277 

28.2 

%

$

23,480 

11.2 

%

$

280,757 

25.0 

%

$

122,594 

16.2 

%

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

104,653 

11.5 

87,490 

41.7 

192,143 

17.1 

99,801 

13.2 

Owner occupied

136,305 

15.0 

43,618 

20.8 

179,923 

16.1 

130,558 

17.3 

Construction

3,965 

0.4 

6,266 

3.0 

10,231 

0.9 

4,654 

0.6 

Consumer:

Home equity installment

34,561 

3.8 

5,586 

2.6 

40,147 

3.6 

36,631 

4.9 

Home equity line of credit

44,931 

4.9 

4,794 

2.3 

49,725 

4.4 

47,282 

6.3 

Auto

98,192 

10.8 

194 

0.1 

98,386 

8.8 

105,870 

14.0 

Direct finance leases

20,095 

2.2 

-

-

20,095 

1.8 

16,355 

2.2 

Other

7,411 

0.8 

191 

0.1 

7,602 

0.7 

5,634 

0.7 

Residential:

Real estate

180,414 

19.8 

38,031 

18.1 

218,445 

19.5 

167,164 

22.2 

Construction

23,117 

2.6 

240 

0.1 

23,357 

2.1 

17,770 

2.4 

Gross loans

910,921 

100.0 

%

209,890 

100.0 

%

1,120,811 

100.0 

%

754,313 

100.0 

%

Less:

Allowance for loan losses

(14,202)

-

(14,202)

(9,747)

Unearned lease revenue

(1,159)

-

(1,159)

(903)

Net loans

$

895,560 

$

209,890 

$

1,105,450 

$

743,663 

Loans held-for-sale

$

29,786 

$

-

$

29,786 

$

1,643 


29


2018

2017

2016

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

Commercial and industrial

$

126,884 

17.4 

%

$

113,601 

17.5 

%

$

98,477 

16.3 

%

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

95,515 

13.1 

92,851 

14.3 

87,220 

14.4 

Owner occupied

124,092 

17.0 

109,383 

16.9 

113,104 

18.7 

Construction

6,761 

0.9 

6,228 

1.0 

3,987 

0.7 

Consumer:

Home equity installment

32,729 

4.5 

27,317 

4.2 

28,466 

4.7 

Home equity line of credit

52,517 

7.2 

53,273 

8.2 

51,609 

8.5 

Auto

105,576 

14.5 

79,340 

12.3 

53,885 

8.9 

Direct finance leases

17,004 

2.3 

13,575 

2.1 

10,367 

1.7 

Other

6,314 

0.9 

5,604 

0.9 

13,301 

2.2 

Residential:

Real estate

145,951 

20.0 

136,901 

21.1 

134,475 

22.2 

Construction

15,749 

2.2 

9,931 

1.5 

10,496 

1.7 

Gross loans

729,092 

100.0 

%

648,004 

100.0 

%

605,387 

100.0 

%

Less:

Allowance for loan losses

(9,747)

(9,193)

(9,364)

Unearned lease revenue

(1,028)

(639)

(482)

Net loans

$

718,317 

$

638,172 

$

595,541 

Loans held-for-sale

$

5,707 

$

2,181 

$

2,854 

*Management reclassified $2.5 million which had been included in non-owner occupied commercial real estate during the second and third quarter of 2020 to owner occupied commercial real estate during the fourth quarter of 2020.

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of select components of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2020. Excluded from the table are residential real estate and consumer loans:

More than

One year

one year to

More than

(dollars in thousands)

or less

five years

five years

Total

Commercial and industrial

$

55,058

$

179,933

$

45,766

$

280,757

Commercial real estate

131,329

175,227

65,510

372,066

Commercial real estate construction *

10,231

-

-

10,231

Residential real estate construction *

23,357

-

-

23,357

Total

$

219,975

$

355,160

$

111,276

$

686,411

*In the table above, both residential and CRE construction loans are included in the one year or less category since, by their nature, these loans are converted into residential and CRE loans within one year from the date the real estate construction loan was consummated. Upon conversion, the residential and CRE loans would normally mature after five years.

The following table sets forth the total amount of C&I and CRE loans due after one year which have predetermined interest rates (fixed) and floating or adjustable interest rates (variable) as of December 31, 2020:

One to five

More than

(dollars in thousands)

years

five years

Total

Fixed interest rate

$

175,807

$

47,461

$

223,268

Variable interest rate

179,353

63,815

243,168

Total

$

355,160

$

111,276

$

466,436

Non-refundable fees and costs associated with all loan originations are deferred. Using either the interest method or straight-line amortization, the deferral is released as credits or charges to loan interest income over the life of the loan.

There are no concentrations of loans or customers to several borrowers engaged in similar industries exceeding 10% of total loans that are not otherwise disclosed as a category in the tables above. There are no concentrations of loans that, if resulted in a loss, would have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company. The Company’s loan portfolio does not have a material concentration within a single industry or group of related industries or customers that is vulnerable to the risk of a near-term severe negative business impact. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 66% of the gross loan portfolio was secured by real estate compared to 67% at December 31, 2019 and 66% at December 31, 2018.

30


The Company considers its portfolio segmentation, including the real estate secured portfolio, to be normal and reasonably diversified. The banking industry is affected by general economic conditions including, among other things, the effects of real estate values. The Company ensures that its mortgage lending adheres to standards of secondary market compliance. Furthermore, the Company’s credit function strives to mitigate the negative impact of economic conditions by maintaining strict underwriting principles for all loan types.

Loans held-for-sale

Upon origination, most residential mortgages and certain Small Business Administration (SBA) guaranteed loans may be classified as held-for-sale (HFS). In the event of market rate increases, fixed-rate loans and loans not immediately scheduled to re-price would no longer produce yields consistent with the current market. In declining interest rate environments, the Company would be exposed to prepayment risk as rates on fixed-rate loans decrease, and customers look to refinance loans. Consideration is given to the Company’s current liquidity position and projected future liquidity needs. To better manage prepayment and interest rate risk, loans that meet these conditions may be classified as HFS. Occasionally, residential mortgage and/or other nonmortgage loans may be transferred from the loan portfolio to HFS. The carrying value of loans HFS is based on the lower of cost or estimated fair value. If the fair values of these loans decline below their original cost, the difference is written down and charged to current earnings. Subsequent appreciation in the portfolio is credited to current earnings but only to the extent of previous write-downs.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, loans HFS consisted of residential mortgages with carrying amounts of $29.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which approximated their fair values. During the year ended December 31, 2020, residential mortgage loans with principal balances of $155.1 million were sold into the secondary market and the Company recognized net gains of $3.5 million, compared to $52.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company also sold one SBA guaranteed loan with a principal balance of $0.6 million and recognized a net gain of $93 thousand compared to two SBA guaranteed loans with principal balances of $0.3 million and recognized a net gain on the sale of $34 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Company retains mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) on loans sold into the secondary market. MSRs are retained so that the Company can foster personal relationships. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the servicing portfolio balance of sold residential mortgage loans was $366.5 million and $302.3 million, respectively, with mortgage servicing rights of $1.3 million and $1.0 million for the same periods, respectively.

Allowance for loan losses

Management evaluates the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and performs a formal review of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses (allowance) on a quarterly basis. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of the amount of credit losses in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment is based on the evaluation of individual loans, experience, the assessment of current economic conditions and other relevant factors including the amounts and timing of cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans. Those estimates may be susceptible to significant change. The provision for loan losses represents the amount necessary to maintain an appropriate allowance. Loan losses are charged directly against the allowance when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries from previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance when received.

Management applies two primary components during the loan review process to determine proper allowance levels. The two components are a specific loan loss allocation for loans that are deemed impaired and a general loan loss allocation for those loans not specifically allocated. The methodology to analyze the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;

calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;

determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;

application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation;

application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio, regulations, and/or current economic conditions.

A key element of the methodology to determine the allowance is the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual commercial loans. Commercial loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management determines an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The credit risk grades for the commercial loan portfolio are considered in the reserve methodology and loss factors are applied based upon the credit risk grades. The loss factors applied are based upon the Company’s historical experience as well as what management believes to be best practices and within common industry

31


standards. Historical experience reveals there is a direct correlation between the credit risk grades and loan charge-offs. The changes in allocations in the commercial loan portfolio from period-to-period are based upon the credit risk grading system and from periodic reviews of the loan portfolio.

Acquired loans are initially recorded at their acquisition date fair values with no carryover of the existing related allowance for loan losses. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgements as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, collateral values, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Upon acquisition, in accordance with GAAP, the Company has individually determined whether each acquired loan is within the scope of ASC 310-30. These loans are deemed purchased credit impaired loans and the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non accretable discount.

Acquired ASC 310-20 loans, which are loans that did not meet the criteria of ASC 310-30, were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. These loans are initially recorded at fair value and include credit and interest rate marks associated with purchase accounting adjustments. Purchase premiums or discounts are subsequently amortized as an adjustment to yield over the estimated contractual lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for acquired performing loans. An allowance for loan losses is recorded for any credit deterioration in these loans after acquisition. As of December 31, 2020, no allowance was recorded for credit deterioration in acquired loans.

Each quarter, management performs an assessment of the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets quarterly, and the applicable lenders discuss each relationship under review and reach a consensus on the appropriate estimated loss amount, if applicable, based on current accounting guidance. The Special Assets Committee’s focus is on ensuring the pertinent facts are considered regarding not only loans considered for specific reserves, but also the collectability of loans that may be past due. The assessment process also includes the review of all loans on non-accrual status as well as a review of certain loans to which the lenders or the Credit Administration function have assigned a criticized or classified risk rating.

The following table sets forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses and certain key ratios for the periods indicated:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Balance at beginning of period

$

9,747 

$

9,747 

$

9,193 

$

9,364 

$

9,527 

Charge-offs:

Commercial and industrial

(372)

(184)

(196)

(143)

(224)

Commercial real estate

(465)

(597)

(268)

(635)

(592)

Consumer

(296)

(398)

(391)

(658)

(504)

Residential

(35)

(330)

(371)

(309)

(60)

Total

(1,168)

(1,509)

(1,226)

(1,745)

(1,380)

Recoveries:

Commercial and industrial

26 

32 

77 

10 

55 

Commercial real estate

30 

317 

42 

47 

37 

Consumer

120 

67 

211 

67 

100 

Residential

197 

-

-

-

Total

373 

424 

330 

124 

192 

Net charge-offs

(795)

(1,085)

(896)

(1,621)

(1,188)

Provision for loan losses

5,250 

1,085 

1,450 

1,450 

1,025 

Balance at end of period

$

14,202 

$

9,747 

$

9,747 

$

9,193 

$

9,364 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

1.27 

%

1.29 

%

1.34 

%

1.42 

%

1.55 

%

Net charge-offs to average total loans outstanding

0.08 

%

0.15 

%

0.13 

%

0.25 

%

0.21 

%

Average total loans

$

1,019,373 

$

732,152 

$

687,853 

$

639,477 

$

575,756 

Loans 30 - 89 days past due and accruing

$

1,598 

$

1,366 

$

5,938 

$

2,893 

$

2,241 

Loans 90 days or more past due and accruing

$

61 

$

-

$

$

$

19 

Non-accrual loans

$

3,769 

$

3,674 

$

4,298 

$

3,441 

$

7,370 

Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans

3.77 

x

2.65 

x

2.27 

x

2.67 

x

1.27 

x

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

3.71 

x

2.65 

x

2.27 

x

2.67 

x

1.27 

x

32


For the year ended December 31, 2020, the allowance increased $4.5 million, or 46%, to $14.2 million from $9.7 million at December 31, 2019 due to provisioning of $5.3 million partially offset by $0.8 million in net charge-offs.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, total loans, which represent gross loans less unearned lease revenue, increased $366 million, or 49%, to $1.1 billion compared to $753 million at December 31, 2019.

The increase in the loan portfolio resulted primarily from $210 million in loans, net of deferred costs, acquired in the merger with MNB and $130 million in loans originated under the PPP, net of deferred fees, primarily during the second quarter 2020.

Loans acquired from the MNB merger (performing and non-performing) were initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values. Because there is no initial credit valuation allowance recorded under this method, the Company establishes a post-acquisition allowance of loan losses to record losses which may subsequently arise on the acquired loans. Since no deterioration was noted for any such loans following acquisition, no allowance for loan and lease losses was provided at this time.

PPP loans made to eligible borrowers have a 100% SBA guarantee. Given this guarantee, no allowance for loan and lease losses was recorded for these loans.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the loan portfolio increased by 49% while the allowance for loan losses increased by 46% during the same period. This caused the allowance for loan and lease losses to decrease slightly as a percentage of total loans to 1.27% from 1.29% at December 31, 2019. Loan growth exceeded allowance for loan and lease losses growth because $340 million in loans, or 30% of the loan portfolio, included loans acquired from the MNB merger and PPP loans.

As of December 31, 2020, the loan portfolio, net of PPP loans and MNB acquired loans, totaled $780 million, an increase of $27 million, or 4%, from $754 million as of December 31, 2019.

Management believes that the current balance in the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to meet the identified potential credit quality issues that may arise and other issues unidentified but inherent to the portfolio. Potential problem loans are those where there is known information that leads management to believe repayment of principal and/or interest is in jeopardy and the loans are currently neither on non-accrual status nor past due 90 days or more.

During the first quarter of 2020, management increased the qualitative factors associated with its commercial, consumer, and residential portfolios related to potential adverse changes in both the volume and severity of past due and non-accrual loans along with national and local economic conditions as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. A statewide shutdown of non-essential business activity was ordered on March 16th in Pennsylvania. General economic reports and data indicate a recession with elevated unemployment and sustained low inflation. The duration and severity of the recession or the ultimate path of the recovery was not known at that point.

During the second quarter of 2020, management increased the qualitative factors associated with its loan portfolio, despite the decrease in the Company-originated loan portfolio, to recognize higher inherent risk characteristics for loans that were deemed to have greater exposure to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. These characteristics included loans that received forbearance of any kind (see COVID-19 Accommodations in this section below), loans that were in high risk industries, and loans that had prior delinquency of over 60 days. High risk industries include hotel accommodations, food service, energy, recreation, certain parts of the transportation segment, and other service industries. The duration and severity of the recession or the ultimate path of the recovery remained uncertain.

During the third quarter of 2020, management increased the qualitative factors associated with its loan portfolio by estimating higher inherent risk characteristics for loans that received second, COVID-related deferrals. Management further modeled the potential impact on the existing loan portfolio given the potential negative impact to the local economy given a lack of further COVID-related fiscal stimulus.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, management increased the qualitative factors associated with its loan portfolio by estimating higher inherent risk characteristics for loans that received COVID-related deferrals during the fourth quarter (both first time and additional deferrals). Management further modeled the potential impact on the existing loan portfolio given the prolonged duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and the associated restrictions, with a greater relative increase in qualitative factors to the commercial portfolio compared to the residential and consumer portfolios.

Management will continue to monitor the potential for increased risk exposure due to the adverse economic impact of a prolonged COVID-19 pandemic. Should the duration and/or severity of the pandemic’s economic impact increase, management will take measures commensurate with the then observed risk to increase the provision for loan losses and, by extension, the allowance for loan and lease losses as appropriate.


33


The allocation of net charge-offs among major categories of loans are as follows for the periods indicated:

% of Total

% of Total

Net

Net

(dollars in thousands)

2020

Charge-offs

2019

Charge-offs

Net charge-offs

Commercial and industrial

$

(346)

43 

%

$

(152)

14 

%

Commercial real estate

(435)

55 

(280)

26 

Consumer

(176)

22 

(331)

30 

Residential

162 

(20)

(322)

30 

Total net charge-offs

$

(795)

100 

%

$

(1,085)

100 

%

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net charge-offs against the allowance totaled $0.8 million compared with $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing a $0.3 million, or 27%, decrease. The decrease was attributed to a $0.2 million recovery during the first quarter of 2020 in the form of a reimbursement from the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) for previously sold mortgages charged-off during the third quarter of 2019. Excluding this recovery, net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have shown an improvement, decreasing by $0.1 million, or 9%, over the prior year.

For a discussion on the provision for loan losses, see the “Provision for loan losses,” located in the results of operations section of management’s discussion and analysis contained herein.

The allowance for loan losses can generally absorb losses throughout the loan portfolio. However, in some instances an allocation is made for specific loans or groups of loans. Allocation of the allowance for loan losses for different categories of loans is based on the methodology used by the Company, as previously explained. The changes in the allocations from period-to-period are based upon quarter-end reviews of the loan portfolio.

Allocation of the allowance among major categories of loans for the periods indicated, as well as the percentage of loans in each category to total loans, is summarized in the following table. This table should not be interpreted as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will occur in these amounts or proportions, or that the allocation indicates future charge-off trends. When present, the portion of the allowance designated as unallocated is within the Company’s guidelines:

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Category

Category

Category

Category

Category

% of

% of

% of

% of

% of

(dollars in thousands)

Allowance

Loans

Allowance

Loans

Allowance

Loans

Allowance

Loans

Allowance

Loans

Category

Commercial real estate

$

6,383 

34 

%

$

3,933 

31 

%

$

3,901 

31 

%

$

4,060 

32 

%

$

4,808 

34 

%

Commercial and industrial

2,407 

25 

1,484 

16 

1,432 

18 

1,374 

17 

1,131 

16 

Consumer

2,552 

19 

2,013 

28 

2,548 

29 

2,063 

28 

1,788 

26 

Residential real estate

2,781 

22 

2,278 

25 

1,844 

22 

1,608 

23 

1,357 

24 

Unallocated

79 

-

39 

-

22 

-

88 

-

112 

-

Total

$

14,202 

100 

%

$

9,747 

100 

%

$

9,747 

100 

%

$

9,193 

100 

%

$

9,196 

100 

%

The allocation of the allowance for the commercial loan portfolio, which is comprised of CRE and C&I loans, accounted for approximately 62% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020, which represents a six percentage point increase from 56% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019 and a seven percentage point increase from the 55% of the total allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2018.

The increase in the allowance allocated to the commercial portfolio was attributed to the recognition of increased inherent risk due to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The allocation of the allowance for the consumer loan portfolio, accounted for approximately 18% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020, which represents a three percentage point decrease from 21% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019 and a eight percentage point decrease from 26% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018.

The decrease in the allowance allocated to the consumer loan portfolio was attributed to the relative decrease in the percentage of consumer loans in the portfolio.

The allocation of the allowance for the residential real estate portfolio, accounted for approximately 20% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020, which represents a three percentage point decrease from 23% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019 and a one percentage point increase from 19% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018.

34


The year-over-year decrease in the allowance allocated to the residential real estate portfolio was attributed to the relative decrease in the percentage of residential loans in the portfolio.

The unallocated amount represents the portion of the allowance not specifically identified with a loan or groups of loans. The unallocated reserve was less than 1% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020, unchanged from less than 1% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Non-performing assets

The Company defines non-performing assets as accruing loans past due 90 days or more, non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), other real estate owned (ORE) and repossessed assets.

The following table sets forth non-performing assets at December 31:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing

$

61

$

-

$

1

$

6

$

19

Non-accrual loans *

3,769

3,674

4,298

3,441

7,370

Total non-performing loans

3,830

3,674

4,299

3,447

7,389

Troubled debt restructurings

2,571

991

1,830

1,871

1,823

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

256

369

190

973

1,306

Total non-performing assets

$

6,657

$

5,034

$

6,319

$

6,291

$

10,518

Total loans, including loans held-for-sale

$

1,149,438

$

755,053

$

755,053

$

733,771

$

649,546

Total assets

$

1,699,510

$

1,009,927

$

981,102

$

863,637

$

792,944

Non-accrual loans to total loans

0.33%

0.49%

0.57%

0.47%

1.13%

Non-performing loans to total loans

0.33%

0.49%

0.57%

0.47%

1.14%

Non-performing assets to total assets

0.39%

0.50%

0.64%

0.73%

1.33%

* In the table above, the amount includes non-accrual TDRs of $0.7 million, $0.6 million, $1.7 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million as of 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

In the review of loans for both delinquency and collateral sufficiency, management concluded that there were several loans that lacked the ability to repay in accordance with contractual terms. The decision to place loans on non-accrual status is made on an individual basis after considering factors pertaining to each specific loan. Generally, commercial loans are placed on non-accrual status when management has determined that payment of all contractual principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest, unless well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans secured by residential real estate and residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at 90 days past due as to principal and interest, and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off when the loan is 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. Uncollected interest income accrued on all loans placed on non-accrual is reversed and charged to interest income.

Non-performing assets represented 0.39% of total assets at December 31, 2020 compared with 0.50% at December 31, 2019. The year-over-year improvement in the non-performing assets ratio was the result of the $690 million, or 68%, increase in total assets to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2020 outpacing the $1.7 million, or 32%, increase in non-performing assets.

As of December 31, 2020, non-performing assets increased to $6.7 million from $5.0 million at December 31, 2019. The $1.7 million year-over-year increase resulted from a $1.6 million increase in accruing TDRs and a $0.1 million increase in non-accrual loans.

From December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, non-accrual loans increased $0.1 million, or 3%, from $3.7 million to $3.8 million. At December 31, 2020, there were a total of 46 loans to 38 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.5 million. At December 31, 2019, there were a total of 44 loans to 34 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.5 million. The $0.1 million increase in non-accrual loans was the result of $2.9 million in new non-accruals, $0.2 million in expenses added to balances, $1.7 million in payments, $0.8 million in charge-offs and $0.5 million in transfers to ORE.

There were two direct finance leases totaling $61 thousand that were over 90 days past due as of December 31, 2020 compared to no loans over 90 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The Company seeks payments from all past due customers through an aggressive customer communication process. A past due loan will be placed on non-accrual at the 90-day point when it is deemed that a customer is non-responsive and uncooperative to collection efforts.


35


The composition of non-performing loans as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

Past due

Gross

90 days or

Non-

Total non-

% of

loan

more and

accrual

performing

gross

(dollars in thousands)

balances

still accruing

loans

loans

loans

Commercial and industrial

$

280,757

$

-

$

590

$

590

0.21%

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

192,143

-

846

846

0.44%

Owner occupied

179,923

-

1,123

1,123

0.62%

Construction

10,231

-

-

-

-

Consumer:

Home equity installment

40,147

-

61

61

0.15%

Home equity line of credit

49,725

-

395

395

0.79%

Auto loans

98,386

-

27

27

0.03%

Direct finance leases *

18,936

61

-

61

0.32%

Other

7,602

-

-

-

-

Residential:

Real estate

218,445

-

727

727

0.33%

Construction

23,357

-

-

-

-

Loans held-for-sale

29,786

-

-

-

-

Total

$

1,149,438

$

61

$

3,769

$

3,830

0.33%

*Net of unearned lease revenue of $1.2 million.

Payments received from non-accrual loans are recognized on a cost recovery method. Payments are first applied to the outstanding principal balance, then to the recovery of any charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of interest income. If the non-accrual loans that were outstanding as of December 31, 2020 had been performing in accordance with their original terms, the Company would have recognized interest income with respect to such loans of $186 thousand.

The following tables set forth the activity in accruing and non-accruing TDRs as of the period indicated:

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020

Accruing

Non-accruing

Commercial

Commercial

Commercial

Commercial

Consumer

(dollars in thousands)

& industrial

real estate

real estate

& industrial

installment

Total

Troubled Debt Restructures:

Beginning balance

$

-

$

991

$

561

$

-

$

-

$

1,552

Additions

-

1,600

2

206

-

1,808

Pay downs / payoffs

-

(20)

(8)

-

-

(28)

Charge offs

-

-

(99)

-

-

(99)

Ending balance

$

-

$

2,571

$

456

$

206

$

-

$

3,233

Number of loans

-

8

2

2

-

12

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2019

Accruing

Non-accruing

Commercial

Commercial

Commercial

Residential

Consumer

(dollars in thousands)

& industrial

real estate

real estate

real estate

installment

Total

Troubled Debt Restructures:

Beginning balance

$

24

$

1,806

$

520

$

764

$

413

$

3,527

Additions

-

32

57

-

-

89

Transfers

-

(645)

421

(430)

-

(654)

Pay downs / payoffs

(24)

(202)

(76)

(316)

(413)

(1,031)

Charge offs

-

-

(361)

(18)

-

(379)

Ending balance

$

-

$

991

$

561

$

-

$

-

$

1,552

Number of loans

-

6

2

-

-

8

36


The Company, on a regular basis, reviews changes to loans to determine if they meet the definition of a TDR. TDRs arise when a borrower experiences financial difficulty and the Company grants a concession that it would not otherwise grant based on current underwriting standards in order to maximize the Company’s recovery.

Consistent with Section 4013 and the Revised Statement of Section 4013 of the CARES Act, specifically “Temporary Relief From Troubled Debt Restructurings”, the Company approved requests by borrowers to modify loan terms and defer principal and/or interest payment for loans. U.S. GAAP permits the temporary suspension of TDR determination defined under ASC 310-40 provided that such modifications are made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief. This includes short-term (i.e. six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers considered current for purposes of Section 4013 are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time the modification program is implemented.

From December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, TDRs increased $1.7 million, or 108%, due to two loans totaling $1.6 million to a single commercial borrower modified during the third quarter being designated as TDRs and two loans totaling $0.2 million to a single commercial borrower modified during the fourth quarter being designated as TDRs. At December 31, 2019, there were a total of 8 TDRs by 7 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $80 thousand to $0.5 million. At December 31, 2020, there were a total of 12 TDRs by 9 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $5 thousand to $1.3 million.

Loans modified in a TDR may or may not be placed on non-accrual status. At December 31, 2020, there were four TDRs totaling $0.7 million that were on non-accrual status compared to two TDRs totaling $0.6 million at December 31, 2019.

Beginning the week of March 16, 2020, the Company began receiving requests for temporary modifications to the repayment structure for borrower loans. Modification terms included interest only or full payment deferral for up to 6 months. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 10 temporary modifications with principal balances totaling $2.2 million outstanding, which included 5 additional deferral requests for temporary forbearance modifications totaling $0.7 million and 7 first requests for temporary forbearance modifications totaling $1.5 million.

Details with respect to the actual loan modifications are as follows:

Types of Loans

Number of Loans

Deferral Period

Balance

Percentage of Tier 1 Capital

Commercial Purpose

Up to 6 months

$

2,155 

1.4%

Consumer Purpose

Up to 6 months

51 

0.0%

10 

$

2,206 

1.5%

The following table provides information with respect to the Company’s commercial COVID-19 accommodations by sector at December 31, 2020.

(dollars in thousands)

Count

Balance

Percentage of Tier 1 Capital

Retail Trade

$

1,440 

0.9%

Accommodation and Food Services

298 

0.2%

Real Estate Rental and Leasing

304 

0.2%

Finance and Insurance

113 

0.1%

Total commercial accommodations

$

2,155 

1.4%

The global pandemic referred to as COVID-19 has created many impediments to loan production relative to the measures taken to slow the spread. These measures have put a large strain on a wide variety of industries within the global economy generally, and the Company’s market specifically. The overall economic impact and effect of the measures is yet to be fully understood as its effects will most likely lag while businesses and governments inject resources to help lessen the impact. Despite efforts to lessen the impact, it is the Company’s current belief that the pandemic will temporarily, or in some cases permanently, damage our borrower’s ability to repay loans and comply with terms.

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale

From December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, foreclosed assets held-for-sale (ORE) declined from $349 thousand to $256 thousand, a $93 thousand, or 27%, decrease. Two properties to two unrelated borrowers for $338 thousand were added during the second quarter and eight properties to four unrelated borrowers for $432 thousand were added during the third quarter. Two properties were sold for $250 thousand during the first quarter, two properties were sold for $281 thousand during the second quarter, one property securing one loan was sold for $14 thousand during the third quarter, and two properties were sold for $37 thousand in the fourth quarter. The Company also sold one of two properties securing one loan for $142

37


thousand and two of four properties securing another loan relationship for $82 thousand in the third quarter, and one of four properties securing one loan relationship for $20 thousand in fourth quarter. Further, one foreclosed asset was written down by $14 thousand to fair market value in the third quarter and one foreclosed asset was written down by $22 thousand to fair market value in the fourth quarter.

The following table sets forth the activity in the ORE component of foreclosed assets held-for-sale:

2020

2019

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

#

Amount

#

Balance at beginning of period

$

349

7

$

190

6

Additions

770

10

1,229

6

Pay downs

(1)

(18)

Write downs

(36)

(82)

Sold

(826)

(11)

(970)

(5)

Balance at end of period

$

256

6

$

349

7

As of December 31, 2020, ORE consisted of six properties securing loans to six unrelated borrowers totaling $256 thousand. Four properties ($223 thousand) to four unrelated borrowers were added in 2020; one property ($32 thousand) was added in 2019; one property ($1 thousand) was added in 2017. Of the six properties, one property is under agreement of sale, three properties are listed for sale, and two properties are in the process of being sold.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no other repossessed assets held-for-sale compared to two other repossessed assets held-for-sale, with a balance of $20 thousand as of December 31, 2019.

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

The Company maintains bank owned life insurance (BOLI) for a chosen group of employees at the time of purchase, namely its officers, where the Company is the owner and sole beneficiary of the policies. BOLI is classified as a non-interest earning asset. Increases in the cash surrender value are recorded as components of non-interest income. The BOLI is profitable from the appreciation of the cash surrender values of the pool of insurance and its tax-free advantage to the Company. This profitability is used to offset a portion of current and future employee benefit costs. In March 2019, the Company invested $2.0 million in additional BOLI as a source of funding for additional life insurance benefits that provides for payments upon death for officers and employee benefit expenses related to the Company’s non-qualified SERP implemented for certain executive officers. In December 2020, the Company invested in $6 million in BOLI and $5 million in BOLI with annuity rider investments. The BOLI can be liquidated if necessary, with associated tax costs. However, the Company intends to hold this pool of insurance, because it provides income that enhances the Company’s capital position. Therefore, the Company has not provided for deferred income taxes on the earnings from the increase in cash surrender value.

Premises and equipment

Net of depreciation, premises and equipment increased $6.1 million during 2020. Additions of $1.6 million and assets acquired from the merger of $6.9 million were partially offset by $1.9 million of depreciation expense in 2020. The Company is expects to begin branch remodeling and corporate center planning which may increase construction in process by approximately $2.5 million in 2021. On December 23, 2020, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania authorized the release of $2.0 million in Redevelopment Assistance Capital Program (RACP) funding for the Company’s headquarters project in Lackawanna County. Although the Company accepted the grant, funds will not be available until a final project is selected and certain requirements are met.

Other assets

During 2020, the $1.2 million, or 26%, increase in other assets was due mostly to $0.6 million higher prepaid expenses, $0.4 million in additional miscellaneous receivable and $0.3 million increase in mortgage servicing rights partially offset by $0.4 million lower prepaid dealer reserve.

Results of Operation

Earnings Summary

The Company’s earnings depend primarily on net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and interest expense. Interest income is generated from yields earned on interest-earning assets, which consist principally of loans and investment securities. Interest expense is incurred from rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, which consist of deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the Company’s interest rate spread (the difference between the yields earned on its interest-earning assets and the rates paid on its interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate spread is significantly impacted

38


by: changes in interest rates and market yield curves and their related impact on cash flows; the composition and characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; differences in the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of assets compared to the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of the liabilities that fund them and by the competition in the marketplace.

The Company’s earnings are also affected by the level of its non-interest income and expenses and by the provisions for loan losses and income taxes. Non-interest income mainly consists of: service charges on the Company’s loan and deposit products; interchange fees; trust and asset management service fees; increases in the cash surrender value of the bank owned life insurance and from net gains or losses from sales of loans and securities. Non-interest expense consists of: compensation and related employee benefit costs; occupancy; equipment; data processing; advertising and marketing; FDIC insurance premiums; professional fees; loan collection; net other real estate owned (ORE) expenses; supplies and other operating overhead.

Net interest income, net interest rate margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in the MD&A on a fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) basis. The Company believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

Overview

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company generated net income of $13.0 million, or $2.82 per diluted share, compared to $11.6 million, or $3.03 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The $1.4 million, or 13%, increase in net income stemmed from $12.5 million more net interest income and $4.5 million in additional non-interest income which more than offset a $11.4 million rise in non-interest expenses and $4.2 million higher provision for loan losses. The increase in non-interest expenses was driven by merger-related expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition of MNB along with the impact of adding the operations of MNB.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, return on average assets (ROA) and return on average shareholders’ equity (ROE) were 0.87% and 9.06%, respectively, compared to 1.18% and 11.49% for the same period in 2019. The decrease in ROA and ROE was the result of net income growing at a slower pace than average assets and equity during 2020.

Net interest income and interest sensitive assets / liabilities

Net interest income (FTE) increased $12.8 million, or 39%, from $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $45.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, due to interest income increasing more rapidly than interest expense. Total average interest-earning assets increased $449.2 million while the FTE yields earned on these assets declined 65 basis points resulting in $10.6 million of growth in FTE interest income. The loan portfolio drove this growth due to average balance growth of $287.2 million which had the effect of producing $9.8 million of FTE interest income. In the investment portfolio, an increase in the average balances of municipal securities was the biggest driver of interest income growth. The average balance of total securities grew $89.0 million producing $0.9 million in additional FTE interest income despite a decrease of 70 basis points in yields earned on investments. On the liability side, total interest-bearing liabilities grew $318.8 million on average with a 58 basis point decrease in rates paid on these interest-bearing liabilities. Growth in average interest-bearing deposits of $312.4 million was offset by the effect of a 48 basis point reduction in rates paid on these deposits lowering interest expense by $1.4 million. In addition, lower rates paid on average borrowings in 2020 compared to 2019 resulted in $0.8 million less interest expense.

The FTE net interest rate spread and margin decreased by 7 and 22 basis points, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The yields earned on interest-earning assets declined faster than the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities causing the decline in net interest rate spread. The overall cost of funds, which includes the impact of non-interest bearing deposits, decreased 47 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The primary reason for the decline was the reduction in rates paid on deposits and borrowings.

For 2021, the Company expects to operate in a relatively low interest rate environment. A rate environment with falling interest rates positions the Company to reduce its interest income performance from new and maturing earning assets. Until there is a sustained period of yield curve steepening, with rates rising more sharply at the long end, the interest rate margin may experience compression. The FOMC began easing the federal funds rate during the second half of 2019 and continued through the first quarter of 2020 which reduced rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. On the asset side, the prime interest rate, the benchmark rate that banks use as a base rate for adjustable rate loans was cut 75 basis points in the second half of 2019 and another 150 basis points in the first quarter of 2020. The Blue-Chip Financial Forecasts’ consensus forecasts are predicting a steepening yield curve, with basically flat short-term rates and rising long-term rates. The 2021 focus is to manage net interest income through a relatively flat forecasted rate cycle by controlling loan and deposit pricing to maintain a reasonable spread. Interest income is projected to increase for 2021. Management expects to actively reduce the cost of funds to partially mitigate spread compression throughout this flat rate cycle. Continued growth in the loan portfolios complemented with investment security growth is expected to boost interest income, and when coupled with a proactive relationship approach to deposit cost setting strategies should help mitigate spread compression and contain the interest rate margin at acceptable levels.

39


The Company’s cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 0.53% for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 59 basis points lower than the cost for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in interest paid on both deposits and borrowings contributed to the lower cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The FOMC is not expected to cut the federal funds rate further, but the Company has the opportunity to reduce rates paid on deposits as higher-priced promotional rates and negotiated rates reprice into products with lower rates. To help mitigate the impact of the imminent change to the economic landscape, the Company has successfully developed and will continue to strengthen its association with existing customers, develop new business relationships, generate new loan volumes, and retain and generate higher levels of average non-interest bearing deposit balances. Strategically deploying no- and low-cost deposits into interest earning-assets is an effective margin-preserving strategy that the Company expects to continue to pursue and expand to help stabilize net interest margin.

The Company’s Asset Liability Management (ALM) team meets regularly to discuss among other things, interest rate risk and when deemed necessary adjusts interest rates. ALM is actively addressing the Company's sensitivity to a declining rate environment to ensure interest rate risks are contained within acceptable levels. ALM also discusses revenue enhancing strategies to help combat the potential for a decline in net interest income. The Company’s marketing department, together with ALM, lenders and deposit gatherers, continue to develop prudent strategies that will grow the loan portfolio and accumulate low-cost deposits to improve net interest income performance.

The table that follows sets forth a comparison of average balances of assets and liabilities and their related net tax equivalent yields and rates for the years indicated. Within the table, interest income was FTE adjusted, using the corporate federal tax rate of 21% for 2020, 2019 and 2018, to recognize the income from tax-exempt interest-earning assets as if the interest was taxable. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” within this management’s discussion and analysis for the FTE adjustments. This treatment allows a uniform comparison among yields on interest-earning assets. Loans include loans held-for-sale (HFS) and non-accrual loans but exclude the allowance for loan losses. HELOC are included in the residential real estate category since they are secured by real estate. Net deferred loan fee/ (cost) amortization of $2.1 million in 2020, ($0.7 million) in 2019 and ($0.7 million) in 2018, respectively, are included in interest income from loans. MNB loan fair value purchase accounting adjustments of $605 thousand are included in interest income from loans and $213 thousand reduced interest expense on deposits for 2020. Fair value purchase accounting adjustments are preliminary and subject to refinement. Average balances are based on amortized cost and do not reflect net unrealized gains or losses. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income-FTE by total average interest-earning assets. Cost of funds includes the effect of average non-interest bearing deposits as a funding source:


40


(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Average

Yield /

Average

Yield /

Average

Yield /

Assets

balance

Interest

rate

balance

Interest

rate

balance

Interest

rate

Interest-earning assets

Interest-bearing deposits

$

76,404 

$

121 

0.16 

%

$

2,185 

$

47 

2.14 

%

$

6,134 

$

104 

1.70 

%

Restricted regulatory securities

3,044 

162 

5.33 

4,208 

417 

9.92 

3,740 

194 

5.17 

Investments:

Agency - GSE

18,074 

301 

1.66 

5,934 

160 

2.69 

6,140 

147 

2.39 

MBS - GSE residential

145,343 

2,896 

1.99 

127,533 

3,473 

2.72 

118,197 

3,167 

2.68 

State and municipal (nontaxable)

89,350 

3,146 

3.52 

49,988 

2,195 

4.39 

45,420 

2,055 

4.53 

State and municipal (taxable)

19,555 

398 

2.03 

-

-

-

-

-

-

Other

89 

3.42 

-

-

-

189 

13 

6.85 

Total investments

272,411 

6,744 

2.48 

183,455 

5,828 

3.18 

169,946 

5,382 

3.17 

Loans and leases:

C&I and CRE (taxable)

526,805 

24,485 

4.65 

317,023 

16,434 

5.18 

299,789 

14,675 

4.89 

C&I and CRE (nontaxable)

41,261 

1,579 

3.83 

34,056 

1,363 

4.00 

32,224 

1,213 

3.76 

Consumer

166,389 

6,690 

4.02 

159,937 

6,208 

3.88 

145,850 

5,413 

3.71 

Residential real estate

284,918 

10,810 

3.79 

221,136 

9,722 

4.40 

209,990 

9,067 

4.32 

Total loans and leases

1,019,373 

43,564 

4.27 

732,152 

33,727 

4.61 

687,853 

30,368 

4.41 

Total interest-earning assets

1,371,232 

50,591 

3.69 

%

922,000 

40,019 

4.34 

%

867,673 

36,048 

4.15 

%

Non-interest earning assets

124,433 

62,552 

50,269 

Total assets

$

1,495,665 

$

984,552 

$

917,942 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

Interest-bearing liabilities

Deposits:

Interest-bearing checking

$

369,645 

$

1,405 

0.38 

%

$

234,603 

$

1,636 

0.70 

%

$

210,277 

$

1,182 

0.56 

%

Savings and clubs

148,505 

115 

0.08 

111,687 

139 

0.12 

131,050 

221 

0.17 

MMDA

280,344 

1,573 

0.56 

156,178 

2,290 

1.47 

112,158 

1,000 

0.89 

Certificates of deposit

135,487 

1,663 

1.23 

119,150 

2,111 

1.77 

111,278 

1,408 

1.27 

Total interest-bearing deposits

933,981 

4,756 

0.51 

621,618 

6,176 

0.99 

564,763 

3,811 

0.67 

Repurchase agreements

-

-

-

-

-

-

9,666 

16 

0.16 

Overnight borrowings

49,165 

248 

0.50 

35,243 

878 

2.49 

27,892 

667 

2.39 

FHLB advances

10,608 

307 

2.90 

18,074 

500 

2.77 

22,109 

379 

1.71 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

993,754 

5,311 

0.53 

%

674,935 

7,554 

1.12 

%

624,430 

4,873 

0.78 

%

Non-interest bearing deposits

340,211 

195,393 

196,790 

Non-interest bearing liabilities

17,765 

13,517 

7,697 

Total liabilities

1,351,730 

883,845 

828,917 

Shareholders' equity

143,935 

100,707 

89,025 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

1,495,665 

$

984,552 

$

917,942 

Net interest income - FTE

$

45,280 

$

32,465 

$

31,175 

Net interest spread

3.16

%

3.22

%

3.37

%

Net interest margin

3.30

%

3.52

%

3.59

%

Cost of funds

0.40

%

0.87

%

0.59

%

Changes in net interest income are a function of both changes in interest rates and changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (1) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior period rate), (2) the changes attributable to changes in interest rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume) and (3) the net change. The combined effect of changes in both volume and rate has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate. Tax-exempt income was not converted to a tax-equivalent basis on the rate/volume analysis:


41


Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020 compared to 2019

2019 compared to 2018

Increase (decrease) due to

Volume

Rate

Total

Volume

Rate

Total

Interest income:

Interest-bearing deposits

$

156 

$

(82)

$

74 

$

(79)

$

22 

$

(57)

Restricted investments in bank stock

(95)

(160)

(255)

26 

197 

223 

Investments:

Agency - GSE

222 

(81)

141 

(5)

18 

13 

MBS - GSE residential

440 

(1,017)

(577)

253 

53 

306 

State and municipal

1,599 

(558)

1,041 

158 

(21)

137 

Other

-

(11)

-

(11)

Total investments

2,264 

(1,656)

608 

395 

50 

445 

Loans and leases:

Residential real estate

2,544 

(1,456)

1,088 

488 

167 

655 

C&I and CRE

9,960 

(1,730)

8,230 

924 

954 

1,878 

Consumer

255 

227 

482 

539 

256 

795 

Total loans and leases

12,759 

(2,959)

9,800 

1,951 

1,377 

3,328 

Total interest income

15,084 

(4,857)

10,227 

2,293 

1,646 

3,939 

Interest expense:

Deposits:

Interest-bearing checking

702 

(933)

(231)

147 

307 

454 

Savings and clubs

38 

(62)

(24)

(29)

(53)

(82)

Money market

1,188 

(1,905)

(717)

488 

802 

1,290 

Certificates of deposit

262 

(710)

(448)

105 

598 

703 

Total deposits

2,190 

(3,610)

(1,420)

711 

1,654 

2,365 

Repurchase agreements

-

-

-

(16)

-

(16)

Overnight borrowings

255 

(885)

(630)

182 

29 

211 

FHLB advances

(215)

22 

(193)

(79)

200 

121 

Total interest expense

2,230 

(4,473)

(2,243)

798 

1,883 

2,681 

Net interest income

$

12,854 

$

(384)

$

12,470 

$

1,495 

$

(237)

$

1,258 

Provision for loan losses

The provision for loan losses represents the necessary amount to charge against current earnings, the purpose of which is to increase the allowance for loan losses (the allowance) to a level that represents management’s best estimate of known and inherent losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Loans determined to be uncollectible are charged off against the allowance. The required amount of the provision for loan losses, based upon the adequate level of the allowance, is subject to the ongoing analysis of the loan portfolio. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets periodically to review problem loans. The committee is comprised of management, including credit administration officers, loan officers, loan workout officers and collection personnel. The committee reports quarterly to the Credit Administration Committee of the board of directors.

Management continuously reviews the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Specific factors used to evaluate the adequacy of the loan loss provision during the formal process include:

specific loans that could have loss potential;

levels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;

levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;

trends in volume and terms of loans;

changes in risk selection and underwriting standards;

changes in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;

experience, ability and depth of lending management;

national and local economic trends and conditions; and

changes in credit concentrations.

For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $5.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively, a $4.2 million, or 384%, increase. Management increased the provision by $1.7 million, $1.2 million, and $1.3 million during the second, third, and fourth quarters of 2020, respectively, compared to the prior year periods.

42


The increase in the provision for loan losses from the year earlier period was primarily attributed to higher credit losses inherent within the loan portfolio because of the COVID-19 crisis. See the discussion of the qualitative factors within the “Allowance for loan losses” section of this management’s discussion and analysis. Although uncertainty over COVID’s duration and severity complicates management’s ability to render a more precise estimate of credit losses, management currently believes the level of provisioning through the end of the year was adequate based on the information that was available as of the reporting date and subsequent period up to the filing date.

The provision for loan losses derives from the reserve required from the allowance for loan losses calculation. The Company continued provisioning for the year ended December 31, 2020 to maintain an allowance level that management deemed adequate.

For a discussion on the allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for loan losses,” located in the comparison of financial condition section of management’s discussion and analysis contained herein.

Other income

For the year ended December 31, 2020, non-interest income amounted to $14.7 million, a $4.5 million, or 44%, increase compared to $10.2 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019. Gains on loan sales contributed the most to the increase with $2.7 million more recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020 than the year earlier period due to heightened mortgage activity. Interchange fees grew $0.9 million due to a higher volume of debit card transactions. Service charges on loans were $0.6 million higher in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily driven by more service charges on mortgage loans. Fees from trust fiduciary activities increased $0.4 million year-over-year. While non-sufficient fund charges primarily led the $0.2 million reduction of deposit service charges throughout 2020 compared to 2019 activities.

Other operating expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2020, total other operating expenses totaled $38.3 million, an increase of $11.4 million, or 42%, compared to $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Merger related expenses were $2.0 million of this increase. Salaries and employee benefits contributed the most to the increase rising $5.1 million, or 34%, in 2020 compared to 2019. The basis of the increase includes $3.3 million more salaries with more full-time equivalent employees, $1.0 million more in commissions, $0.9 million more in employee bonuses, $0.4 million more in social security taxes, $0.4 million more in group insurance, $0.3 million more in stock-based compensation and $0.2 million more in 401k expenses. These increases in salaries and employee benefits were partially offset by $1.4 million more in loan origination costs deferred. Premises and equipment expenses were $1.5 million higher due to an increase in depreciation, equipment maintenance and rental expenses and expenses for pandemic response. Professional services were $1.5 million higher due to pandemic-related expenses and higher legal and audit expenses. Advertising and marketing increased $0.7 million due to more donations in 2020. Data processing and communications expense increased $0.5 million during 2020 compared to 2019 because of additional costs for data center services from more accounts and additional branches. The Company incurred a $0.5 million FHLB prepayment penalty during 2020. Automated transaction processing expenses increased $0.3 million. Partially offsetting these increases in expenses was a decrease of $0.7 million in other expenses due to higher loan origination cost deferrals from PPP lending and mortgage activity.

The ratios of non-interest expense less non-interest income to average assets, known as the expense ratio, at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were 1.58% and 1.70%, respectively. The expense ratio decreased because of increased levels of average assets. The efficiency ratio increased from 63.11 % at December 31, 2019 to 63.92% at December 31, 2020 due to the increase in non-interest expenses in 2020. For more information on the calculation of the efficiency ratio, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” located within this management’s discussion and analysis.

Merger related expenses expected to be incurred by the Company of $3.7 million are anticipated during 2021 for legal, investment banking, audit, data processing, regulatory filings, shareholder conversion and severance costs for the pending merger with Landmark Bancorp, Inc.

Provision for income taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate approximated 14.7% in 2020 and 16.7% in 2019. The difference between the effective rate and the enacted statutory corporate rate of 21% is due mostly to the effect of tax-exempt income in relation to the level of pre-tax income. The provision for income taxes decreased $0.1 million, or 3%, from $2.3 million at December 31, 2019 to $2.2 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to higher tax-exempt interest income in 2020 which offset the effect of higher pre-tax income. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act may have an effect on the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods. If the federal corporate tax rate is increased, the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities will be re-valued upon adoption of the new tax rate. A federal tax rate increase will increase net deferred tax liabilities with a corresponding increase to provision for income taxes.


43


Comparison of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2019

and 2018 and Results of Operations for each of the Years then Ended

Executive Summary

Nationally, the unemployment rate declined from 3.9% at December 31, 2018 to 3.5% at December 31, 2019. However, the unemployment rate in the Scranton-Wilkes-Barre Metropolitan Statistical Area (local) remained at a higher level than the national unemployment rate and increased year-over-year. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the local unemployment rate at December 31, 2019 was 5.6%, an increase of 0.9 percentage points from 4.7% at December 31, 2018. During 2019, the labor force increased while the number of jobs decreased which caused the unemployment rate to grow.

During 2019, the Company’s assets grew by 3% from deposit growth and retained net earnings, which were used to fund growth in the loan portfolio. Non-performing assets represented 0.50% of total assets as of December 31, 2019, down from 0.64% at the prior year end. Non-performing assets to total assets was lower during 2019 mostly due to non-performing assets declining while total assets grew.

We generated $11.6 million in net income in 2019, up $0.6 million, or 5%, from $11.0 million in 2018. In 2019, our larger and well diversified balance sheet contributed to the success of our earnings performance. Excluding the $0.4 million in merger-related acquisition expenses incurred in conjunction with the acquisition of MNB Corporation and Merchants Bank of Bangor as well as the corresponding tax impact at the marginal tax rate, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) for the year ended December 31, 2019, would have been $12.0 million, or $3.14 diluted earnings per share, respectively, which represents an increase of 9% compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

Financial Condition

Consolidated assets increased $28.8 million, or 3%, to $1,009.9 million as of December 31, 2019 from $981.1 million at December 31, 2018. The increase in assets occurred predominantly in the loan portfolio. The asset growth was funded by utilizing growth in deposits of $65.5 million and $7.4 million in retained earnings, net of dividends declared.

Funds Provided:

Deposits

Total deposits increased $65.5 million, or 9%, from $770.2 million at December 31, 2018 to $835.7 million at December 31, 2019. Money market accounts contributed the most to the deposit growth increasing $64.5 million, primarily due to higher balances of existing accounts and shifts from other types of deposit accounts resulting from the relationship pricing strategy. Additionally, the Company added new money market accounts as a result of several money market promotions throughout 2019. Interest-bearing checking accounts also increased $18.0 million due to an increase in balances from existing business customers. During 2019, non-interest bearing checking and savings accounts declined due to customers’ preference for products with higher earnings potential. Savings and club accounts declined $14.1 million as personal savings accounts earning low interest rates became less desirable. Non-interest bearing checking was down $2.7 million as money shifted to interest-bearing checking and money market accounts.

Additionally, CDs decreased $0.1 million mostly due to short-term alternatives with similar rates.

The Company did not have any CDARs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, ICS reciprocal deposits represented $19.7 million and $4.7 million, or 2% and 1%, of total deposits which are included in interest-bearing checking accounts. The $15.0 million increase in ICS deposits was primarily due to public funds deposit transfers from other interest-bearing checking accounts to ICS accounts.

Short-term borrowings

Short-term borrowings decreased $38.5 million during 2019 as a result of deposit growth.

FHLB advances

At December 31, 2019, the Company had $15.0 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 3.01%. During September 2018, the Company borrowed $15 million with maturity dates laddered out from 3 to 5 years in order to purchase securities. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had the ability to borrow an additional $202.8 million from the FHLB.

Funds Deployed:

Investment Securities

As of December 31, 2019, the carrying value of investment securities amounted to $185.1 million, or 18% of total assets, compared to $182.8 million, or 19% of total assets, at December 31, 2018.

Investment securities were comprised of AFS securities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The AFS securities were recorded with a net unrealized gain of $4.5 million and a net unrealized loss of $1.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Of the net improvement in the unrealized gain position of $5.9 million, $3.8 million was net unrealized

44


gains on mortgages-backed securities, $1.9 million was net unrealized gains on municipal securities and $0.2 million was net unrealized gains on agency securities.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $125.9 million in public deposits, or 15% of total deposits. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of pledged securities required for deposit accounts was $67.4 million, or 36% of total securities.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company did not incur other-than-temporary impairment charges from its investment securities portfolio.

During 2019, the carrying value of total investments increased $2.3 million, or 1%.

As of December 31, 2019, there were no investments from any one issuer with an aggregate book value that exceeded 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

The distribution of debt securities by stated maturity and tax-equivalent yield at December 31, 2019 were as follows:

More than

More than

More than

One year or less

one year to five years

five years to ten years

ten years

Total

(dollars in thousands)

$

%

$

%

$

%

$

%

$

%

MBS - GSE residential

$

-

-

%

$

367 

4.35 

%

$

6,145 

3.40 

%

$

117,728 

3.35 

%

$

124,240 

3.35 

%

State & municipal subdivisions

3,530 

4.82 

977 

6.04 

1,003 

3.64 

49,208 

4.41 

54,718 

4.45 

Agency - GSE

-

-

6,159 

2.70 

-

-

-

-

6,159 

2.70 

Total debt securities

$

3,530 

4.82 

%

$

7,503 

6.20 

%

$

7,148 

3.44 

%

$

166,936 

3.65 

%

$

185,117 

3.65 

%

In the above table, the book yields on state & municipal subdivisions were adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using the corporate federal tax rate of 21%. In addition, average yields on securities AFS are based on amortized cost and do not reflect unrealized gains or losses.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The dividends received from the FHLB totaled $343 thousand and $194 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The balance in FHLB stock was $4.4 million and $6.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Loans and leases

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had gross loans and leases totaling $754.3 million compared to $729.1 million at December 31, 2018 which represented an increase of $25.2 million, or 3%. The loan growth was primarily driven by residential real estate activity.

Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate

As of December 31, 2019, the commercial loan portfolio, which consisted of commercial and industrial (C&I) and commercial real estate (CRE) loans, increased $4.4 million, or 1%, compared to December 31, 2018. This increase was attributed to growth of $6.5 million in owner occupied CRE loans and $4.3 million in non-owner occupied CRE loans, partially offset by reductions of $4.3 million in C&I loans and $2.1 million in commercial construction loans. CRE loan growth activity can be attributed to new client acquisition and expansion of existing relationships.

Consumer

The consumer loan portfolio experienced a reduction, decreasing $2.4 million, or 1%, compared to December 31, 2018. This reduction in the consumer loan portfolio was attributed to a decline of $5.2 million in home equity lines of credit (HELOC), $0.7 million in direct finance leases and $0.7 million in consumer other loans, partially offset by growth of $3.9 million in home equity installment loans and $0.3 million in auto loans.

Demand for HELOCs decreased during 2019 because of homeowners’ preference for conventional mortgage loan products, which had longer terms and lower fixed rates. This trend drove the $5.2 million, or 10%, year-to-date reduction for the Company’s HELOC portfolio. The reduction in the HELOC portfolio was partially offset by a 12%, or $3.9 million, increase in the home equity installment portfolio which also offers long-term low fixed rates.

Residential

The residential loan portfolio grew $23.2 million, or 14%, during 2019. This growth was driven by a $21.2 million increase in residential real estate loans and a $2.0 million increase in residential construction loans. The Company’s mortgage loan modification program which offered refinancing to qualified customers predominantly caused the lift in residential real estate loans. Homeowners’ aforementioned preference for residential mortgage products supplemented the growth from the mortgage modification program.

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 67% of the gross loan portfolio was secured by real estate compared to 66% at December 31, 2018 and 68% at December 31, 2017.

45


Loans held-for-sale

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, loans HFS consisted of residential mortgages with carrying amounts of $1.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively, which approximated their fair values. During the year ended December 31, 2019, residential mortgage loans with principal balances of $52.4 million were sold into the secondary market and the Company recognized net gains of $0.8 million, compared to $32.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company also sold two SBA guaranteed loans with principal balances of $0.3 million and recognized a net gain on the sale of $34 thousand, compared to one SBA loan of $0.4 million and a net gain of $47 thousand, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the servicing portfolio balance of sold residential mortgage loans was $302.3 million and $304.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the servicing portfolio balance of sold SBA loans was $5.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

Allowance for loan losses

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the allowance remained unchanged from $9.7 million at December 31, 2018 as net charge-offs of $1.1 million were offset by provisioning of $1.1 million. Total loans, which represent gross loans less unearned lease revenue, increased by $25.3 million, or 3%, to $753.4 million at December 31, 2019 from $728.1 million at December 31, 2018. The allowance for loan losses decreased as a percentage of total loans to 1.29% at December 31, 2019 from 1.34% at December 31, 2018 due to loan growth and improved asset quality.

During the first quarter of 2019, management increased the qualitative factors associated with its consumer and residential portfolios related to changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments that will ultimately affect the collectability of these portfolios. The justification for the increase in these qualitative factors was an economic summary report indicating a weakening consumer financial wherewithal. Based upon management’s judgement, this consumer weakness will cause estimated credit losses associated with the Company’s existing portfolio to differ from historical loss experience, which necessitated increasing the qualitative factors for the loan portfolios deemed most sensitive to this development, which are its consumer and residential portfolios.

During the second quarter of 2019, management decreased the qualitative factor for its home equity installment loans and residential construction loans. The reduction was due to a decreasing trend in delinquency for the home equity installment portfolio. Further, zero delinquency in the residential construction portfolio over the past several quarters with no expectation for future delinquency in this portfolio for the foreseeable future justified the decrease in this qualitative factor.

During the third quarter of 2019, management decreased the qualitative factor for its C&I loans because of an improving delinquency trend along with a history of low delinquency levels, attributed mainly to high quality municipal loans within the C&I portfolio. Management also reduced qualitative factors to reflect the positive impact the Federal Reserve’s decision to cut the federal funds rate 0.25% twice during the third quarter of 2019 will have on estimated credit losses for the following portfolios: commercial & industrial, owner occupied commercial real estate, non-owner occupied commercial real estate, commercial construction, residential real estate, HELOC, consumer auto, and consumer other. Estimated credit losses were anticipated to decline for commercial and residential real estate secured loans as lower interest rates improve real estate valuations due to the inverse relationship between capitalization rates and the market values of real estate. Lower rates also reduce debt service requirements for variable rate loans in all portfolios, which is particularly impactful for the commercial construction, HELOC, and consumer other portfolios due to the high concentration of variable rate loans within these portfolios. Portfolios with a high concentration of fixed rate loans, such as residential real estate and consumer auto, were also likely to observe a positive change in estimated credit losses as new customers lock in lower rates than existing customers.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, management reduced the qualitive factors, based on recognition of historically low delinquency levels for the following portfolios: commercial real estate owner-occupied, commercial real estate non owner-occupied, C&I, residential real estate, HELOC, consumer auto, and consumer other. The qualitative factors for the C&I, residential construction, and home equity installment loans were not reduced as the improved delinquency for these portfolios was already accounted for in previous quarters’ adjustments. This low level of delinquency is viewed as a leading indicator for potential future losses, and, consequently, management believes this improved delinquency will cause the estimated credit losses associated with the Company’s existing portfolio to have a smaller divergence from historical loss experience than previously estimated in prior periods.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net charge-offs against the allowance totaled $1.1 million compared with $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a $0.2 million, or 21%, increase. This increase was primarily attributed to a $0.4 million charge-off to a single commercial borrower occurring in the first quarter of 2019. During the third quarter of 2019, the Company also charged-off an aggregate of $0.3 million in collection expenses incurred since 2016 on 14 residential loans sold to Fannie Mae but serviced by the Company. The Company was pursuing recovery of these costs. During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company completed the resolution of one commercial borrower on non-accrual status, which lead to a recovery of $0.3 million as well as collection of $0.1 million in lost interest.

46


The allocation of the allowance for the commercial loan portfolio, which is comprised of CRE and C&I loans, accounted for approximately 56% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019, which represents a one percentage point increase from 55% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018. The increase allocated to the commercial portfolio was attributed to loans risk rated as Special Mention and Substandard from the year earlier period.

The allocation of the allowance for the consumer loan portfolio, accounted for approximately 21% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019, which represents a five-percentage point decrease from 26% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018. This reduction in the allowance allocated to the consumer loan portfolio was mostly related to the payoff of a consumer installment troubled debt restructured (TDR) loan with a large specific impairment that occurred during the first quarter of 2019.

The allocation of the allowance for the residential real estate portfolio, accounted for approximately 23% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019, which represents a four percentage point increase from 19% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018. The increase in the allowance allocated to residential real estate portfolio was attributed to a higher growth in this portfolio relative to the overall loan portfolio as the residential real estate portfolio grew by $23.2 million, or 14%, to $184.9 million at December 31, 2019 from $161.7 million at December 31, 2018 compared to total loan growth of 3%.

The unallocated amount represents the portion of the allowance not specifically identified with a loan or groups of loans. The unallocated reserve was less than 1% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019, unchanged from less than 1% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018.

Non-performing assets

Non-performing assets represented 0.50% of total assets at December 31, 2019 compared with 0.64% at December 31, 2018. The non-performing assets ratio improved due to the net reduction in non-performing assets by $1.3 million, or 20%, to $5.0 million along with a $28.8 million , or 3%, increase in total assets to $1.0 billion. The improvement in non-performing assets resulted primarily from the payoff of two non-accruing TDRs to a single borrower totaling $0.7 million, a $0.4 million net reduction in a commercial non-accrual loans due to the sale of associated collateral, and $0.3 million in charge-offs for two commercial non-accruing TDRs to a single borrower.

From December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, non-accrual loans decreased by $0.6 million, or 15%, from $4.3 million to $3.7 million. At December 31, 2018, there were a total of 40 loans to 34 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.6 million. At December 31, 2019, there were a total of 44 loans to 34 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.5 million. The $0.6 million decline in non-accrual loans was attributed to payments received of $2.2 million, charge-offs of $0.8 million, transfers back to accrual of $0.1 million and transfers to ORE of $1.2 million. These decreases were partially offset by the addition of $3.5 million of loans to non-accrual status along with expenses added to balances of $0.2 million.

From December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, accruing loans that were over 90 days past due decreased from three loans totaling $1 thousand to no loans.

If the non-accrual loans that were outstanding as of December 31, 2019 had been performing in accordance with their original terms, the Company would have recognized interest income with respect to such loans of $167 thousand.

From December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, TDRs decreased by $1.9 million, or 56%, from $3.5 million to $1.6 million. At December 31, 2018, there were a total of 15 TDRs by 11 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $24 thousand to $0.5 million. At December 31, 2019, there were a total of 8 TDRs by 7 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $80 thousand to $0.5 million. The $1.9 million decrease was driven by the payoff of two TDRs by a single borrower totaling $0.7 million, $0.3 million in additional paydowns/payoffs, charge-offs to a single borrower totaling $0.4 million, a $0.4 million transfer to ORE of a residential real estate TDR, and a $0.2 million transfer to ORE of commercial real estate TDR in 2019. These decreases were partially offset by expenses added to balances of TDRs of $0.1 million.

Loans modified in a TDR may or may not be placed on non-accrual status. At December 31, 2018, four TDRs totaling $1.7 million were on non-accrual. At December 31, 2019, two TDRs totaling $0.6 million were on non-accrual. During the first quarter of 2019, a non-accrual residential real estate TDR and a non-accrual consumer installment TDR, both to the same borrower totaling $0.7 million, were paid off. During the second quarter of 2019, a $0.4 million residential real estate TDR was moved to ORE.

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale

From December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, foreclosed assets held-for-sale (ORE) increased from $190 thousand to $349 thousand, a $159 thousand increase. As of December 31, 2019, ORE consisted of seven properties from seven unrelated borrowers totaling $349 thousand. Two of these properties ($256 thousand) were added in 2019; two of these properties ($42 thousand) were added in 2018; two of these properties ($10 thousand) were added in 2017; and one was added in 2014 ($42 thousand). Of the seven properties, one property, totaling $224 thousand, had a signed sales agreement and the other six properties are currently listed for sale.

47


As of December 31, 2019, the Company had two other repossessed assets held-for-sale, with a balance of $20 thousand. There was no other repossessed asset held-for-sale at December 31, 2018..

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

In March 2019, the Company invested $2.0 million in additional BOLI as a source of funding for additional life insurance benefits that provides for payments upon death for officers and employee benefit expenses related to the Company’s non-qualified SERP implemented for certain executive officers.

Premises and equipment

Net of depreciation, premises and equipment increased $2.7 million during 2019. Additions of $4.2 million were partially offset by $1.5 million of depreciation expense in 2019. The additions were primarily due to the construction of the Mountain Top branch.

Other assets

During 2019, the $2.4 million, or 35%, decrease in other assets was due mostly to a $1.6 million higher net deferred tax liability, $0.4 million less in escrow receivable, a $0.3 million lower prepaid dealer reserve and the sale of a $0.2 million asset held-for-sale. These decreases were partially offset by $0.4 million higher prepaid expenses.

Results of Operations

Overview

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company generated net income of $11.6 million, or $3.03 per diluted share, compared to $11.0 million, or $2.90 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The $0.6 million, or 5%, increase in net income stemmed from $1.3 million more net interest income and $1.0 million in additional non-interest income which more than offset a $1.8 million rise in non-interest expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, return on average assets (ROA) and return on average shareholders’ equity (ROE) were 1.18% and 11.49%, respectively, compared to 1.20% and 12.36% for the same period in 2018. The decrease in ROA and ROE was the result of net income growing at a slower pace than average assets and equity during 2019.

Net interest income and interest sensitive assets / liabilities

Net interest income (FTE) increased $1.3 million, or 4%, from $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, due to interest income increasing more rapidly than interest expense. Total average interest-earning assets increased $54.3 million and the yields earned on these assets rose 19 basis points resulting in $4.0 million of growth in FTE interest income. In the loan portfolio, the Company experienced average balance growth of $44.3 million combined with higher yields earned in all portfolios, which had the effect of producing $3.4 million of FTE interest income. In the investment portfolio, an increase in the average balances and yields of mortgage-backed securities was the biggest driver of interest income growth. The average balance of total securities grew $13.5 million producing $0.4 million in additional FTE interest income. On the liability side, total interest-bearing liabilities grew $50.5 million on average with a 34 basis point increase in rates paid on these interest-bearing liabilities. Growth in average interest-bearing deposits of $56.9 million, mostly money market accounts, and the 32 basis point higher rates paid on these deposits caused an increase of $2.4 million in interest expense. In addition, higher rates paid on average borrowings in 2019 compared to 2018 resulted in $0.3 million more interest expense.

The FTE net interest rate spread and margin decreased by 15 and 7 basis points, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The rates paid on deposits and borrowings increased faster than the yields earned on loans and investments causing the decline in FTE net interest rate spread. The overall cost of funds, which includes the impact of non-interest bearing deposits, increased 28 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018. The primary reason for the increase was higher rates paid on larger average deposits which were used to fund asset growth.

The Company’s cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 1.12% for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 34 basis points higher than the cost for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in average interest-bearing deposits combined with higher rates paid on both deposits and borrowings contributed to the higher cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

Provision for loan losses

For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, a $0.4 million, or 25%, decrease. This decrease in the provision for loan losses from the year earlier period was due primarily to an easing in the Company’s loan growth along with continuing strong asset quality. The provision for loan losses derives from the reserve required from the allowance for loan losses calculation. The Company continued provisioning for the year ended December 31, 2019 in order to maintain an allowance level that management deemed adequate.

48


Other income

For the year ended December 31, 2019, non-interest income amounted to $10.2 million, a $1.0 million, or 11%, increase compared to $9.2 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2018. Service charges on loans were $0.5 million higher in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily driven by more service charges on mortgage and commercial loans. Fees from financial services increased $0.2 million year-over-year. Interchange fees grew $0.2 million due to a higher volume of debit card transactions. Gains on the sale of loans were up $0.2 million partially offset by an increase in mortgage servicing right amortization of $0.1 million.

Other operating expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2019, total other operating expenses totaled $26.9 million, an increase of $1.8 million, or 7%, compared to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Merger related expenses totaled $0.5 million of this increase. Salaries and employee benefits contributed the most to the increase rising $1.1 million, or 8%, in 2019 compared to 2018. The basis of the increase includes $1.1 million increased salaries with eight more full-time equivalent employees, $0.1 million in commissions, $0.1 million in social security taxes, $0.1 million in 401k expenses, $0.1 million in stock-based compensation and $0.1 million in expenses from the post-retirement benefit plan. These increases in salaries and employee benefits were partially offset by $0.2 million less in employee bonuses and $0.2 million lower group insurance costs. Premises and equipment expenses were $0.3 million higher due to an increase in depreciation and equipment maintenance and rental expenses. Data processing and communications expense increased $0.3 million during 2019 compared to 2018 because of additional costs for data center services. Merger-related expenses were $0.4 million in from professional fees related to the proposed merger. Loan collection expenses increased $0.1 million. Automated transaction processing expenses increased $0.1 million. Partially offsetting these increases in expenses was a decrease of $0.1 million in the FDIC assessment due to a credit received in 2019 and $0.2 million less in other professional fees.

The ratios of non-interest expense less non-interest income to average assets, known as the expense ratio, at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were 1.70% and 1.73%, respectively. The expense ratio decreased because of increased levels of average assets. The efficiency ratio increased from 62.10% at December 31, 2018 to 63.11% at December 31, 2019 due to the increase in non-interest expenses in 2019.

Provision for income taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate approximated 16.7% in 2019 and 16.2% in 2018. The difference between the effective rate and the enacted statutory corporate rate of 21% is due mostly to the effect of tax-exempt income in relation to the level of pre-tax income. The provision for income taxes increased $0.2 million, or 9%, from $2.1 million at December 31, 2018 to $2.3 million at December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to higher income before taxes in 2019 supplemented by higher taxable income from merger facilitating non-deductible expenses of $0.3 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and in connection with the overall interest rate management strategy. These instruments involve, to a varying degree, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. In accordance with GAAP, these instruments are either not recorded in the consolidated financial statements or are recorded in amounts that differ from the notional amounts. Such instruments primarily include lending commitments and lease obligations.

Lending commitments include commitments to originate loans and commitments to fund unused lines of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

In addition to lending commitments, the Company has contractual obligations related to operating lease and capital lease commitments. Operating lease commitments are obligations under various non-cancelable operating leases on buildings and land used for office space and banking purposes. Capital lease commitments are obligations on equipment.


49


The following table presents, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s significant determinable contractual obligations and significant commitments by payment date. The payment amounts represent those amounts contractually due to the recipient, excluding interest:

Over one

Over three

One year

year through

years through

Over

(dollars in thousands)

or less

three years

five years

five years

Total

Contractual obligations:

Certificates of deposit

$

89,813

$

30,717

$

5,755

$

1,457

$

127,742

FHLB advances

-

5,000

-

-

5,000

Operating leases

527

1,013

1,028

8,381

10,949

Finance leases

101

175

25

-

301

Commitments:

Letters of credit

2,417

371

150

1,008

3,946

Loan commitments (1)

75,185

-

-

-

75,185

Total

$

168,043

$

37,276

$

6,958

$

10,846

$

223,123

(1)Available credit to borrowers in the amount of $187.6 million is excluded from the above table since, by its nature, the borrowers may not have the need for additional funding, and, therefore, the credit may or may not be disbursed by the Company.

Related Party Transactions

Information with respect to related parties is contained in Note 16, “Related Party Transactions”, within the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8.

Impact of Accounting Standards and Interpretations

Information with respect to the impact of accounting standards is contained in Note 19, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements”, within the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the measurement of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial businesses, most all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation as interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or, to the same extent, as the price of goods and services.

Capital Resources

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Under these guidelines, assets and certain off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and certain off-balance sheet items. The guidelines require all banks and bank holding companies to maintain minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes. Refer to the information with respect to capital requirements contained in Note 15, “Regulatory Matters”, within the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, total shareholders' equity increased $59.8 million, or 56%, due principally from the $45.4 million in common stock issued as a result of the merger with MNB. Capital was further enhanced by $13.0 million in net income added into retained earnings, $0.2 million from investments in the Company’s common stock via the Employee Stock Purchase (ESPP), $1.2 million from stock-based compensation expense from the ESPP and restricted stock and SSARs and $5.4 million after tax improvement in the net unrealized gain position in the Company’s investment portfolio. These items were partially offset by $5.4 million of cash dividends declared on the Company’s common stock. The Company’s dividend payout ratio, defined as the rate at which current earnings are paid to shareholders, was 41.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The balance of earnings is retained to further strengthen the Company’s capital position. The Company’s sources (uses) of capital during the previous five years are indicated below:

50


Cash

Other retained

DRP

Issuance of

Changes in

Net

dividends

earnings

Earnings

and ESPP

common stock

AOCI and

Capital

(dollars in thousands)

income

declared

adjustments

retained

infusion

for acquisition

other changes

retained

2020

$

13,035 

$

(5,378)

$

-

$

7,657 

$

219 

$

45,408 

$

6,551 

$

59,835 

2019

11,576 

(4,037)

(91)

7,448 

175 

-

5,655 

13,278 

2018

11,006 

(3,708)

421 

7,719 

460 

-

(2,005)

6,174 

2017

8,716 

(3,285)

(308)

5,123 

457 

-

1,172 

6,752 

2016

7,693 

(3,061)

-

4,632 

111 

-

(463)

4,280 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company reported a net unrealized gain position of $9.0 million, net of tax, from the securities AFS portfolio compared to a net unrealized gain of $3.6 million as of December 31, 2019. The improvement during 2020 was from $5.4 million in net unrealized gains on AFS securities, net of tax. Higher net unrealized gains on all types of securities contributed to the net unrealized gains in investment portfolio. Management believes that changes in fair value of the Company’s securities are due to changes in interest rates and not in the creditworthiness of the issuers. Generally, when U.S. Treasury rates rise, investment securities’ pricing declines and fair values of investment securities also decline. While volatility has existed in the yield curve within the past twelve months, a declining rate environment is expected and during the period of declining rates, the Company expects pricing in the bond portfolio to improve. There is no assurance that future realized and unrealized losses will not be recognized from the Company’s portfolio of investment securities. To help maintain a healthy capital position, the Company can issue stock to participants in the DRP and ESPP plans. The DRP affords the Company the option to acquire shares in open market purchases and/or issue shares directly from the Company to plan participants. During 2020, the Company acquired shares in the open market to fulfill the needs of the DRP. Both the DRP and the ESPP plans have been a consistent source of capital from the Company’s loyal employees and shareholders and their participation in these plans will continue to help strengthen the Company’s balance sheet.

See the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation”, below for a discussion on regulatory capital changes and other recent enactments, including a summary of the federal banking agencies final rules to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that adequate funds will be available to meet customers’ needs for borrowings, deposit withdrawals and maturities, facility expansion and normal operating expenses. Sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, asset maturities and pay-downs within one year, loans HFS, investments AFS, growth of core deposits, utilization of borrowing capacities from the FHLB, correspondent banks, ICS and CDARs, the Discount Window of the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (FRB), Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (ACBB) and proceeds from the issuance of capital stock. Though regularly scheduled investment and loan payments are dependable sources of daily liquidity, sales of both loans HFS and investments AFS, deposit activity and investment and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general economic conditions including the interest rate environment. During low and declining interest rate environments, prepayments from interest-sensitive assets tend to accelerate and provide significant liquidity that can be used to invest in other interest-earning assets but at lower market rates. Conversely, in periods of high or rising interest rates, prepayments from interest-sensitive assets tend to decelerate causing prepayment cash flows from mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities to decrease. Rising interest rates may also cause deposit inflow but priced at higher market interest rates or could also cause deposit outflow due to higher rates offered by the Company’s competition for similar products. The Company closely monitors activity in the capital markets and takes appropriate action to ensure that the liquidity levels are adequate for funding, investing and operating activities.

The Company’s contingency funding plan (CFP) sets a framework for handling liquidity issues in the event circumstances arise which the Company deems to be less than normal. The Company established guidelines for identifying, measuring, monitoring and managing the resolution of potentially serious liquidity crises. The CFP outlines required monitoring tools, acceptable alternative funding sources and required actions during various liquidity scenarios. Thus, the Company has implemented a proactive means for the measurement and resolution for handling potentially significant adverse liquidity conditions. At least quarterly, the CFP monitoring tools, current liquidity position and monthly projected liquidity sources and uses are presented and reviewed by the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not experienced any adverse issues that would give rise to its inability to raise liquidity in an emergency situation.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company generated $53.7 million of cash. During the period, the Company’s operations provided approximately $0.3 million mostly from $44.4 million of net cash inflow from the components of net interest income offset by $18.6 million in originations of loans HFS over proceeds; net non-interest expense/income related payments of $22.2 million and $3.3 million in estimated tax payments. Cash inflow from interest-earning assets, deposits, loan payments and the sale of securities were used to purchase investment securities and replace maturing and cash runoff of securities, fund the loan portfolio, pay down FHLB advances and overnight borrowings, purchase bank-owned life insurance, invest in bank premises and equipment and make net dividend payments. The Company received a large amount of public deposits over the past four years. The seasonal nature of deposits from municipalities and other public funding sources requires the Company to be prepared for the inherent volatility and the unpredictable timing of cash outflow from this

51


customer base, including maintaining the requirements to pledge investment securities. Starting in 2019, the Company made an effort to open new public accounts as ICS accounts and transfer some existing public accounts to ICS accounts in order to provide the customer with FDIC insurance and to free up the Company’s unencumbered securities to improve liquidity. Accordingly, the use of short-term overnight borrowings could be used to fulfill funding gap needs. The CFP is a tool to help the Company ensure that alternative funding sources are available to meet its liquidity needs.

During 2020, the Company also experienced deposit inflow resulting from businesses and municipalities that received relief from the CARES Act and less consumer spending. During the first half of 2021, the Company expects additional personal deposit balance growth from the third round of economic impact payments. There is uncertainty about the length of time that these deposits will remain which could increase our excess cash balances. The Company will continue to monitor deposit fluctuation for significant changes.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company maintained $69.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and $422.2 million of investments AFS and loans HFS. Also as of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $428.7 million available to borrow from the FHLB, $31.0 million from correspondent banks, $91.0 million from the FRB and $255.9 million from the Promontory One-Way Buy program. The combined total of $1,298.1 million represented 76% of total assets at December 31, 2020. Management believes this level of liquidity to be strong and adequate to support current operations.

For a discussion on the Company’s significant determinable contractual obligations and significant commitments, see “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations,” above.

Management of interest rate risk and market risk analysis

The adequacy and effectiveness of an institution’s interest rate risk management process and the level of its exposures are critical factors in the regulatory evaluation of an institution’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates and capital adequacy. Management believes the Company’s interest rate risk measurement framework is sound and provides an effective means to measure, monitor, analyze, identify and control interest rate risk in the balance sheet.

The Company is subject to the interest rate risks inherent in its lending, investing and financing activities. Fluctuations of interest rates will impact interest income and interest expense along with affecting market values of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, except for those assets or liabilities with a short term remaining to maturity. Interest rate risk management is an integral part of the asset/liability management process. The Company has instituted certain procedures and policy guidelines to manage the interest rate risk position. Those internal policies enable the Company to react to changes in market rates to protect net interest income from significant fluctuations. The primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income along with creating an asset/liability structure that maximizes earnings.

Asset/Liability Management. One major objective of the Company when managing the rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities is to stabilize net interest income. The management of and authority to assume interest rate risk is the responsibility of the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO), which is comprised of senior management and members of the board of directors. ALCO meets quarterly to monitor the relationship of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities. The process to review interest rate risk is a regular part of managing the Company. Consistent policies and practices of measuring and reporting interest rate risk exposure, particularly regarding the treatment of non-contractual assets and liabilities, are in effect. In addition, there is an annual process to review the interest rate risk policy with the board of directors which includes limits on the impact to earnings from shifts in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk Measurement. Interest rate risk is monitored through the use of three complementary measures: static gap analysis, earnings at risk simulation and economic value at risk simulation. While each of the interest rate risk measurements has limitations, collectively, they represent a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk in the Company and the distribution of risk along the yield curve, the level of risk through time and the amount of exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

Static Gap. The ratio between assets and liabilities re-pricing in specific time intervals is referred to as an interest rate sensitivity gap. Interest rate sensitivity gaps can be managed to take advantage of the slope of the yield curve as well as forecasted changes in the level of interest rate changes.

To manage this interest rate sensitivity gap position, an asset/liability model commonly known as cumulative gap analysis is used to monitor the difference in the volume of the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities that mature or re-price within given time intervals. A positive gap (asset sensitive) indicates that more assets will re-price during a given period compared to liabilities, while a negative gap (liability sensitive) indicates the opposite effect. The Company employs computerized net interest income simulation modeling to assist in quantifying interest rate risk exposure. This process measures and quantifies the impact on net interest income through varying interest rate changes and balance sheet compositions. The use of this model assists the ALCO to gauge the effects of the interest rate changes on interest-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to determine what impact these rate changes will have upon the net interest spread. At December 31, 2020, the Company maintained a one-year cumulative gap of positive (asset sensitive) $243.6 million, or 14%, of total assets. The effect of this positive gap position provided a mismatch of assets and liabilities which may expose the Company to interest rate risk during periods of falling interest rates. Conversely, in an increasing interest rate environment,

52


net interest income could be positively impacted because more assets than liabilities will re-price upward during the one-year period.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis discussed above and presented in the next table. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of re-pricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels may deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table amounts. The ability of many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

The following table reflects the re-pricing of the balance sheet or “gap” position at December 31, 2020:

More than three

More than

Three months

months to

one year

More than

(dollars in thousands)

or less

twelve months

to three years

three years

Total

Cash and cash equivalents

$

49,939

$

-

$

-

$

19,407

$

69,346

Investment securities (1)(2)

16,799

51,665

69,409

257,360

395,233

Loans and leases(2)

365,764

212,932

328,662

227,878

1,135,236

Fixed and other assets

-

44,285

-

55,410

99,695

Total assets

$

432,502

$

308,882

$

398,071

$

560,055

$

1,699,510

Total cumulative assets

$

432,502

$

741,384

$

1,139,455

$

1,699,510

Non-interest-bearing transaction deposits (3)

$

-

$

40,791

$

111,980

$

254,725

$

407,496

Interest-bearing transaction deposits (3)

367,188

-

242,814

364,222

974,224

Certificates of deposit

33,082

56,731

30,716

7,256

127,785

Short-term borrowings

-

-

-

-

-

FHLB advances

-

-

5,000

-

5,000

Other liabilities

-

-

-

18,335

18,335

Total liabilities

$

400,270

$

97,522

$

390,510

$

644,538

$

1,532,840

Total cumulative liabilities

$

400,270

$

497,792

$

888,302

$

1,532,840

Interest sensitivity gap

$

32,232

$

211,360

$

7,561

$

(84,483)

Cumulative gap

$

32,232

$

243,592

$

251,153

$

166,670

Cumulative gap to total assets

1.9%

14.3%

14.8%

9.8%

(1)Includes restricted investments in bank stock and the net unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities.

(2)Investments and loans are included in the earlier of the period in which interest rates were next scheduled to adjust or the period in which they are due. In addition, loans were included in the periods in which they are scheduled to be repaid based on scheduled amortization. For amortizing loans and MBS – GSE residential, annual prepayment rates are assumed reflecting historical experience as well as management’s knowledge and experience of its loan products.

(3)The Company’s demand and savings accounts were generally subject to immediate withdrawal. However, management considers a certain amount of such accounts to be core accounts having significantly longer effective maturities based on the retention experiences of such deposits in changing interest rate environments. The effective maturities presented are the recommended maturity distribution limits for non-maturing deposits based on historical deposit studies.

Earnings at Risk and Economic Value at Risk Simulations. The Company recognizes that more sophisticated tools exist for measuring the interest rate risk in the balance sheet that extend beyond static re-pricing gap analysis. Although it will continue to measure its re-pricing gap position, the Company utilizes additional modeling for identifying and measuring the interest rate risk in the overall balance sheet. The ALCO is responsible for focusing on “earnings at risk” and “economic value at risk”, and how both relate to the risk-based capital position when analyzing the interest rate risk.

Earnings at Risk. An earnings at risk simulation measures the change in net interest income and net income should interest rates rise and fall. The simulation recognizes that not all assets and liabilities re-price one-for-one with market rates (e.g., savings rate). The ALCO looks at “earnings at risk” to determine income changes from a base case scenario under an increase and decrease of 200 basis points in interest rate simulation models.

53


Economic Value at Risk. An earnings at risk simulation measures the short-term risk in the balance sheet. Economic value (or portfolio equity) at risk measures the long-term risk by finding the net present value of the future cash flows from the Company’s existing assets and liabilities. The ALCO examines this ratio quarterly utilizing an increase and decrease of 200 basis points in interest rate simulation models. The ALCO recognizes that, in some instances, this ratio may contradict the “earnings at risk” ratio.

The following table illustrates the simulated impact of an immediate 200 basis points upward or downward movement in interest rates on net interest income, net income and the change in the economic value (portfolio equity). This analysis assumed that the adjusted interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability levels at December 31, 2020 remained constant. The impact of the rate movements was developed by simulating the effect of the rate change over a twelve-month period from the December 31, 2020 levels:

% change

Rates +200

Rates -200

Earnings at risk:

Net interest income

(0.5)

%

(0.4)

%

Net income

(0.3)

(1.1)

Economic value at risk:

Economic value of equity

9.6

(13.5)

Economic value of equity as a percent of total assets

1.2

(1.6)

Economic value has the most meaning when viewed within the context of risk-based capital. Therefore, the economic value may normally change beyond the Company’s policy guideline for a short period of time as long as the risk-based capital ratio (after adjusting for the excess equity exposure) is greater than 10%. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s risk-based capital ratio was 16.46%.

The table below summarizes estimated changes in net interest income over a twelve-month period beginning January 1, 2021, under alternate interest rate scenarios using the income simulation model described above:

Net interest

$

%

(dollars in thousands)

income

variance

variance

Simulated change in interest rates

+200 basis points

$

50,227

$

(246)

(0.5)

%

+100 basis points

50,329

(144)

(0.3)

Flat rate

50,473

-

-

-100 basis points

50,551

78

0.2

-200 basis points

50,249

(224)

(0.4)

Simulation models require assumptions about certain categories of assets and liabilities. The models schedule existing assets and liabilities by their contractual maturity, estimated likely call date or earliest re-pricing opportunity. MBS – GSE residential securities and amortizing loans are scheduled based on their anticipated cash flow including estimated prepayments. For investment securities, the Company uses a third-party service to provide cash flow estimates in the various rate environments. Savings, money market and interest-bearing checking accounts do not have stated maturities or re-pricing terms and can be withdrawn or re-price at any time. This may impact the margin if more expensive alternative sources of deposits are required to fund loans or deposit runoff. Management projects the re-pricing characteristics of these accounts based on historical performance and assumptions that it believes reflect their rate sensitivity. The model reinvests all maturities, repayments and prepayments for each type of asset or liability into the same product for a new like term at current product interest rates. As a result, the mix of interest-earning assets and interest bearing-liabilities is held constant.

Supervision and Regulation

The following is a brief summary of the regulatory environment in which the Company and the Bank operate and is not designed to be a complete discussion of all statutes and regulations affecting such operations, including those statutes and regulations specifically mentioned herein. Changes in the laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank can affect the operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. We cannot accurately predict whether legislation will ultimately be enacted, and if enacted, the ultimate effect that legislation or implementing regulations would have on our financial condition or results of operations. While banking regulations are material to the operations of the Company and the Bank, it should be noted that supervision, regulation and examination of the Company and the Bank are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, not shareholders.


54


Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. Among other changes, the Tax Act reduces the Company’s federal corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. The Company anticipates that this tax rate change should reduce its federal income tax liability in future years beginning with 2018. However, the Company did recognize certain effects of the tax law changes in 2017. U.S. generally accepted accounting principles require companies to re-value their deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the date of enactment, with resulting tax effects accounted for in the reporting period of enactment. Since the enactment took place in December 2017, the Company revalued its net deferred tax liabilities in the fourth quarter of 2017 resulting in a $1.1 million addition to earnings in 2017.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), also known as the “Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act,” was established in 2002 and introduced major changes to the regulation of financial practice. SOX represents a comprehensive revision of laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations, and corporate reporting. SOX is applicable to all companies with equity or debt securities that are either registered, or file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In particular, SOX establishes: (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and its directors and executive officers; and (v) increased civil and criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA)

The FDICIA established five different levels of capitalization of financial institutions, with “prompt corrective actions” and significant operational restrictions imposed on institutions that are capital deficient under the categories. The five categories are:

well capitalized;

adequately capitalized;

undercapitalized;

significantly undercapitalized, and

critically undercapitalized.

To be considered well capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a leverage capital ratio of at least 5%, and must not be subject to any order or directive requiring the institution to improve its capital level. An institution falls within the adequately capitalized category if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and a leverage capital ratio of at least 4%. Institutions with lower capital levels are deemed to be undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized, depending on their actual capital levels. In addition, the appropriate federal regulatory agency may downgrade an institution to the next lower capital category upon a determination that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or is engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice. Institutions are required under the FDICIA to closely monitor their capital levels and to notify their appropriate regulatory agency of any basis for a change in capital category.

Regulatory oversight of an institution becomes more stringent with each lower capital category, with certain “prompt corrective actions” imposed depending on the level of capital deficiency.

Recent Legislation and Rulemaking

Regulatory Capital Changes

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies issued final rules to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The phase-in period for community banking organizations began on January 1, 2015, while larger institutions (generally those with assets of $250 billion or more) began compliance on January 1, 2014. The final rules call for the following capital requirements:

A minimum ratio of common tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%.

A minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6%.

A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8% (no change from current rule).

A minimum leverage ratio of 4%.

In addition, the final rules established a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets applicable to all banking organizations. If a banking organization fails to hold capital above the minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, it will be subject to certain restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The phase-in period for the capital conservation and countercyclical capital buffers for all banking organizations began on January 1, 2016.

Under the proposed rules, accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) would have been included in a banking organization’s common equity tier 1 capital. The final rules allow community banks to make a one-time election not to

55


include these additional components of AOCI in regulatory capital and instead use the existing treatment under the general risk-based capital rules that excludes most AOCI components from regulatory capital. The Company made the opt-out election in the first call report or FR Y-9 series report that was filed after the financial institution became subject to the final rule.

The final rules permanently grandfather non-qualifying capital instruments (such as trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock) issued before May 19, 2010 for inclusion in the tier 1 capital of banking organizations with total consolidated assets less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009 and banking organizations that were mutual holding companies as of May 19, 2010.

The proposed rules would have modified the risk-weight framework applicable to residential mortgage exposures to require banking organizations to divide residential mortgage exposures into two categories in order to determine the applicable risk weight. In response to commenter concerns about the burden of calculating the risk weights and the potential negative effect on credit availability, the final rules do not adopt the proposed risk weights but retain the current risk weights for mortgage exposures under the general risk-based capital rules.

Consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act, the new rules replace the ratings-based approach to securitization exposures, which is based on external credit ratings, with the simplified supervisory formula approach in order to determine the appropriate risk weights for these exposures. Alternatively, banking organizations may use the existing gross-up approach to assign securitization exposures to a risk weight category or choose to assign such exposures a 1,250 percent risk weight.

Under the new rules, mortgage servicing assets (MSAs) and certain deferred tax assets (DTAs) are subject to stricter limitations than those applicable under the current general risk-based capital rule. The new rules also increase the risk weights for past-due loans, certain commercial real estate loans, and some equity exposures, and makes selected other changes in risk weights and credit conversion factors.

As noted above the phase-in period for the Company began on January 1, 2015. The new rules will not have a material impact on the Company’s capital, operations, liquidity and earnings.

JOBS Act

In 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) became law. The JOBS Act is aimed at facilitating capital raising by smaller companies and banks and bank holding companies by implementing the following changes:

raising the threshold requiring registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") for banks and bank holdings companies from 500 to 2,000 holders of record;

raising the threshold for triggering deregistration under the Exchange Act for banks and bank holding companies from 300 to 1,200 holders of record;

raising the limit for Regulation A offerings from $5 million to $50 million per year and exempting some Regulation A offerings from state blue sky laws;

permitting advertising and general solicitation in Rule 506 and Rule 144A offerings;

allowing private companies to use "crowdfunding" to raise up to $1 million in any 12-month period, subject to certain conditions; and

creating a new category of issuer, called an "Emerging Growth Company," for companies with less than $1 billion in annual gross revenue, which will benefit from certain changes that reduce the cost and burden of carrying out an equity IPO and complying with public company reporting obligations for up to five years.

While the JOBS Act is not expected to have any immediate application to the Company, management will continue to monitor the implementation rules for potential effects which might benefit the Company.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

In 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank) became law. Dodd-Frank is intended to effect a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation. Among other things, Dodd-Frank creates a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify systemic risks in the financial system and gives federal regulators new authority to take control of and liquidate financial firms. Dodd-Frank additionally creates a new independent federal regulator to administer federal consumer protection laws. Dodd-Frank is expected to have a significant impact on our business operations as its provisions take effect. Overtime, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense. Among the provisions that are likely to affect us and the community banking industry are the following:

Holding Company Capital Requirements. Dodd-Frank requires the Federal Reserve to apply consolidated capital requirements to bank holding companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Under these standards, pooled trust preferred securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets. Dodd-Frank additionally requires that bank regulators issue countercyclical capital requirements so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with safety and soundness.

56


Deposit Insurance. Dodd-Frank permanently increases the maximum deposit insurance amount for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, and extended unlimited deposit insurance to non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. Dodd-Frank also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. Dodd-Frank requires the FDIC to increase the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020 and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Dodd-Frank also eliminated the federal statutory prohibition against the payment of interest on business checking accounts.

Corporate Governance. Dodd-Frank requires publicly traded companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years, a non-binding vote regarding the frequency of the vote on executive compensation at least every six years, and a non-binding vote on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders. The SEC has finalized the rules implementing these requirements. Additionally, Dodd-Frank directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1.0 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded. Dodd-Frank also gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors and executive compensation matters.

Prohibition Against Charter Conversions of Troubled Institutions. Dodd-Frank prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to federal charter or vice versa while it is the subject of a cease and desist order or other formal enforcement action or a memorandum of understanding with respect to a significant supervisory matter unless the appropriate federal banking agency gives notice of the conversion to the federal or state authority that issued the enforcement action and that agency does not object within 30 days. The notice must include a plan to address the significant supervisory matter. The converting institution must also file a copy of the conversion application with its current federal regulator which must notify the resulting federal regulator of any ongoing supervisory or investigative proceedings that are likely to result in an enforcement action and provide access to all supervisory and investigative information relating thereto.

Interstate Branching. Dodd-Frank authorizes national and state banks to establish branches in other states to the same extent as a bank chartered by that state would be permitted. Previously, banks could only establish branches in other states if the host state expressly permitted out-of-state banks to establish branches in that state. Accordingly, banks will be able to enter new markets more freely.

Limits on Interstate Acquisitions and Mergers. Dodd-Frank precludes a bank holding company from engaging in an interstate acquisition – the acquisition of a bank outside its home state – unless the bank holding company is both well capitalized and well managed. Furthermore, a bank may not engage in an interstate merger with another bank headquartered in another state unless the surviving institution will be well capitalized and well managed. The previous standard in both cases was adequately capitalized and adequately managed.

Limits on Interchange Fees. Dodd-Frank amends the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. The interchange rules became effective on October 1, 2011.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Dodd-Frank creates a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, the Consumer Financial Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain other statutes. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. Dodd-Frank authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. In addition, Dodd-Frank will allow borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB. Dodd-Frank permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

In summary, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for sweeping financial regulatory reform and may have the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities and affect the competitive balance between banks and other financial intermediaries. While many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act do not impact the existing business of the Company, the extension of FDIC insurance to all non-interest bearing deposit accounts and the repeal of prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts, will likely increase deposit funding costs paid by the Company in order to retain and grow deposits. In addition, the limitations imposed on the assessment of interchange fees have reduced the Company’s ability to set revenue pricing on debit and credit card transactions. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take

57


effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, its customers or the financial industry as a whole. The Company will continue to monitor legislative developments and assess their potential impact on our business.

Department of Defense Military Lending Rule. In 2015, the U.S. Department of Defense issued a final rule which restricts pricing and terms of certain credit extended to active duty military personnel and their families. This rule, which was implemented effective October 3, 2016, caps the interest rate on certain credit extensions to an annual percentage rate of 36% and restricts other fees. The rule requires financial institutions to verify whether customers are military personnel subject to the rule. The impact of this final rule, and any subsequent amendments thereto, on the Company’s lending activities and the Company’s statements of income or condition has had little or no impact; however, management will continue to monitor the implementation of the rule for any potential side effects on the Company’s business.

Future Federal and State Legislation and Rulemaking

From time-to-time, various types of federal and state legislation have been proposed that could result in additional regulations and restrictions on the business of the Company and the Bank. We cannot predict whether legislation will be adopted, or if adopted, how the new laws would affect our business. As a consequence, we are susceptible to legislation that may increase the cost of doing business. Management believes that the effect of any current legislative proposals on the liquidity, capital resources and the results of operations of the Company and the Bank will be minimal.

It is possible that there will be regulatory proposals which, if implemented, could have a material effect upon our liquidity, capital resources and results of operations. In addition, the general cost of compliance with numerous federal and state laws does have, and in the future may have, a negative impact on our results of operations. As with other banks, the status of the financial services industry can affect the Bank. Consolidations of institutions are expected to continue as the financial services industry seeks greater efficiencies and market share. Bank management believes that such consolidations may enhance the Bank’s competitive position as a community bank.

Future Outlook

The Company is highly impacted by local economic factors that could influence the performance and strength of our loan portfolios and results of operations. Due to COVID-19, the national economy is struggling and the local operating environment continues to be challenging and is expected to be challenging for the near term time horizon and lags national economic trends. A consensus of economists predicts a steepening yield curve with basically flat short-term rates and rising long-term rates in 2021. Uncertainty surrounding the speed of recovery and the effect of a potentially prolonged low rate environment on the interest rate margin is the Company’s greatest interest rate risk. Earning-asset yields are expected to decline throughout the year stemming from the lower rate environment while rates on interest-bearing liabilities are expected to decline to a lesser extent from their already low levels. Jobs declined in December 2020 from a year earlier in the Scranton/Wilkes-Barre metropolitan statistical area. In 2021, we will be expanding our branch network with the acquisition of Landmark and we will continue to expand our footprint in the Allentown/Bethlehem/Easton metropolitan statistical area. We believe expanding our market area gives us opportunity for growth and we will continue to monitor the economic climate in our region, scrutinize growth prospects and proactively observe existing credits for early warning signs of risk deterioration.

In addition to the challenging economic environment, regulatory oversight has changed significantly in recent years. As described in more detail in the “supervision and regulation” section above, the federal banking agencies issued final rules to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The rules revise the quantity and quality of required minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements and revise the calculation of risk-weighted assets.

Management believes the Company is prepared to face the challenges ahead. We expect that there will be further improvement in asset quality. Our conservative approach to loan underwriting will help improve and keep non-performing asset levels at bay. The Company expects to overcome the relative flattening of the positively sloped yield curve by cautiously growing the balance sheet to enhance financial performance. We intend to grow all lending portfolios in both the business and retail sectors using growth in market-place low costing deposits to stabilize net interest margin and to enhance revenue performance.

ITEM 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by 7A is set forth at Item 7, under “Liquidity” and “Management of interest rate risk and market risk analysis,” contained within management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and incorporated herein by reference.

 

58


ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Allowance for Loan Losses – Qualitative Factors

The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2020 was $14.2 million. As described in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses and represents an amount which, in management’s judgement, will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans. The allowance consists of specific and general components in the amounts of $1.2 million and $13 million, respectively. The general loan loss allocation is set based upon a representative average historical net charge-off rate adjusted for the following qualitative factors: delinquency and non-accrual trends, volume and loan term trends, changes in the lending policy, changes in legal and regulatory requirements, national and local economic trends and conditions, changes in concentrations of credit, changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, the experience, ability and depth of lending management, and charge-off and recovery trends. The evaluation of the qualitative factors requires a significant amount of judgement by management and involves a high degree of subjectivity.

We identified the qualitative factor component of the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter as auditing the underlying qualitative factors required significant auditor judgment as amounts determined by management rely on analysis that is often subjective in nature and the estimate is highly sensitive to changes in significant assumptions.

59


Our audit procedures related to the qualitative factors of the allowance for loan losses included the following, among others:

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to management’s assessment and review of the qualitative factors, and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including controls over management’s establishment, review and approval of the qualitative factors including the data used in determining the qualitative factors.

We obtained an understanding of how management developed the estimates and related assumptions, including:

Testing completeness and accuracy of key data inputs used in forming assumptions or calculations and testing the reliability of the underlying data on which these factors are based by comparing information to source documents and external information sources.

Evaluating the reasonableness of the qualitative factors established by management as compared to the underlying internal or external information sources.

Business Combination – Valuation of the Acquired Loan Portfolio

As described in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, on May 1, 2020 the Company completed its acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”) for total consideration of $45.4 million. The fair value of total assets acquired as a result of the merger totaled $451.4 million, with loans totaling $245.3 million. Acquired loans (impaired and non-impaired) were initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair value using Level 3 inputs. Fair values were based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involved assumptions and judgments as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Specifically, the Company prepared three separate loan fair value adjustments that it believed approximated the entire fair value adjustment necessary under the fair value measurements accounting guidance for the acquired loan portfolio. The three, separate fair valuation methodologies employed were: 1) an interest rate loan fair value adjustment; 2) a general credit fair value adjustment; and 3) a specific credit fair value adjustment for purchased credit impaired loans applicable to purchased loans with deteriorated credit quality at acquisition. The acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date without carryover of MNB’s previously established allowance for loan losses. The credit adjustment on purchased credit impaired loans is derived in accordance with accounting guidance prevailing over purchased loans with deteriorated credit quality and represents the portion of the loan balances that has been deemed uncollectible based on the Company’s expectations of future cash flows for each respective loan.

We identified the fair value of acquired loans as a critical audit matter because of the judgments necessary by management to determine the fair value of the loan portfolio acquired, and the related high degree of auditor judgment and the extensive audit effort involved in testing management’s estimates and assumptions. The significant estimates and assumptions necessary include expected prepayments, credit risk, expected life time losses, environmental factors, and market discount rates.

Our audit procedures related to the valuation of the acquired loan portfolio included the following, among others:

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the business combination, including the valuation of the acquired loan portfolio and management’s review related to the development of expected prepayments, credit risk, expected life time losses, environmental factors, and market discount rates, and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness.

We obtained the valuation report supporting the fair value adjustments and gained an understanding of the valuation methodology applied, as well as key inputs and assumptions.

We tested the completeness and accuracy of data inputs provided by management and utilized in the calculation by comparing the data to source documents and external information sources.

We utilized internal valuation specialists to assist in testing management’s methodologies and techniques for appropriateness, as well as evaluating significant assumptions such as expected prepayment, credit risk, expected life time losses, environmental factors, and market discount rate by comparing the data to source documents, external information sources and performing mathematical accuracy checks.

Business Combination – Valuation of the Core Deposit Intangible

As described in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, on May 1, 2020 the Company completed its acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”) for total consideration of $45.4 million. The fair value of total assets acquired as a result of the merger totaled $451.4 million, with the core deposit intangible totaling $2.0 million. The core deposit intangible was initially recorded at the acquisition-date fair value, which was based on a discounted cash flow analysis. The analysis was performed in order to value the future economic benefit of the acquired core deposits and included multiple assumptions and judgements. One of the assumptions, projected interest expense related to core deposits, was estimated by utilizing a blend of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advance rates and brokered CD offering rates, net of expected float and reserve requirements; the float varied for the different deposit account types. Attrition rate assumptions were developed to estimate the gradual close out of deposits over time. The equity discount rate utilized was considered commensurate with that used by market participants.

60


We identified the fair value of the core deposit intangible as a critical audit matter because of the float rates within the projected interest expense, attrition rates, and discount rate assumptions made by management to determine the fair value and the related high degree of auditor judgment and the extensive audit effort involved in testing management’s estimates and assumptions as outlined above.

Our audit procedures related to the valuation of the core deposit intangible included the following, among others:

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the business combination, including the valuation of the core deposit intangible and management’s review related to the development of significant assumptions such as the float rates, attrition rates and the discount rate, and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness.

We obtained the valuation report supporting the fair value adjustments and gained an understanding of the valuation methodology applied, as well as key inputs and assumptions.

We tested the completeness and accuracy of data inputs provided by management and utilized in the calculation by comparing the data to source documents and external information sources.

We utilized internal valuation specialists to assist in testing management’s methodologies and techniques for appropriateness, as well as evaluating significant, challenging, assumptions such as:

oComparing the float rates to independent source documents to determine reasonableness of the float percentage selected.

oComparing the assumptions related to attrition rates to source documents.

oAgreeing the discount rate utilized to an independent source document and performing a sensitivity analysis over the discount rate assumption.

/s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

March 19, 2021


61


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Assets:

Cash and due from banks

$

19,408 

$

14,583 

Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

49,938 

1,080 

Total cash and cash equivalents

69,346 

15,663 

Available-for-sale securities

392,420 

185,117 

Restricted investments in bank stock

2,813 

4,383 

Loans and leases, net (allowance for loan losses of

$14,202 in 2020; $9,747 in 2019)

1,105,450 

743,663 

Loans held-for-sale (fair value $30,858 in 2020, $1,660 in 2019)

29,786 

1,643 

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale

256 

369 

Bank premises and equipment, net

27,626 

21,557 

Leased property under finance leases, net

283 

280 

Right-of-use assets

7,082 

6,023 

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

44,285 

23,261 

Accrued interest receivable

5,712 

3,281 

Goodwill

7,053 

209 

Core deposit intangible, net

1,734 

-

Other assets

5,664 

4,478 

Total assets

$

1,699,510 

$

1,009,927 

Liabilities:

Deposits:

Interest-bearing

$

1,102,009 

$

643,714 

Non-interest-bearing

407,496 

192,023 

Total deposits

1,509,505 

835,737 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

10,400 

7,674 

Finance lease obligation

291 

286 

Operating lease liabilities

7,644 

6,556 

Short-term borrowings

-

37,839 

FHLB advances

5,000 

15,000 

Total liabilities

1,532,840 

903,092 

Shareholders' equity:

Preferred stock authorized 5,000,000 shares with no par value; none issued

-

-

Capital stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding; 4,977,750 in 2020; and 3,781,500 in 2019)

77,676 

30,848 

Retained earnings

80,042 

72,385 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

8,952 

3,602 

Total shareholders' equity

166,670 

106,835 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

1,699,510 

$

1,009,927 

See notes to consolidated financial statements


62


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

2020

2019

2018

Interest income:

Loans and leases:

Taxable

$

41,985 

$

32,364 

$

29,155 

Nontaxable

1,256 

1,077 

958 

Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

121 

47 

104 

Restricted investments in bank stock

162 

417 

194 

Investment securities:

U.S. government agency and corporations

3,197 

3,633 

3,314 

States and political subdivisions (nontaxable)

2,374 

1,731 

1,594 

States and political subdivisions (taxable)

398 

-

-

Other securities

3 

-

11 

Total interest income

49,496 

39,269 

35,330 

Interest expense:

Deposits

4,756 

6,176 

3,811 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

-

-

16 

Other short-term borrowings and other

248 

878 

667 

FHLB advances

307 

500 

379 

Total interest expense

5,311 

7,554 

4,873 

Net interest income

44,185 

31,715 

30,457 

Provision for loan losses

5,250 

1,085 

1,450 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

38,935 

30,630 

29,007 

Other income:

Service charges on deposit accounts

2,117 

2,286 

2,244 

Interchange fees

3,153 

2,208 

2,051 

Service charges on loans

1,681 

1,054 

579 

Fees from trust fiduciary activities

1,785 

1,350 

1,319 

Fees from financial services

749 

946 

759 

Fees and other revenue

813 

845 

969 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

794 

647 

598 

Gain (loss) on write-down, sale or disposal of:

Loans

3,603 

856 

645 

Available-for-sale debt securities

115 

14 

10 

Equity securities

-

-

44 

Premises and equipment

(142)

(13)

(18)

Total other income

14,668 

10,193 

9,200 

Other expenses:

Salaries and employee benefits

19,831 

14,761 

13,678 

Premises and equipment

5,623 

4,124 

3,775 

Data processing and communication

2,246 

1,765 

1,470 

Advertising and marketing

2,269 

1,610 

1,656 

Professional services

2,869 

1,362 

1,606 

Merger-related expenses

2,452 

440 

-

Automated transaction processing

1,158 

877 

784 

Office supplies and postage

541 

413 

399 

PA shares tax

381 

303 

242 

Loan collection

131 

264 

132 

Other real estate owned

28 

121 

177 

FDIC assessment

280 

133 

267 

FHLB prepayment fee

481 

-

-

Other

29 

748 

886 

Total other expenses

38,319 

26,921 

25,072 

Income before income taxes

15,284 

13,902 

13,135 

Provision for income taxes

2,249 

2,326 

2,129 

Net income

$

13,035 

$

11,576 

$

11,006 

Per share data:

Net income - basic

$

2.84 

$

3.06 

$

2.93 

Net income - diluted

$

2.82 

$

3.03 

$

2.90 

Dividends

$

1.14 

$

1.06 

$

0.98 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

63


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Net income

$

13,035 

$

11,576 

$

11,006 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale debt securities

6,887 

5,960 

(3,127)

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in income

(115)

(14)

(10)

Net unrealized gain (loss)

6,772 

5,946 

(3,137)

Tax effect

(1,422)

(1,249)

659 

Unrealized gain (loss), net of tax

5,350 

4,697 

(2,478)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

5,350 

4,697 

(2,478)

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

$

18,385 

$

16,273 

$

8,528 

See notes to consolidated financial statements


64


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

Accumulated

other

Capital stock

Retained

comprehensive

(dollars in thousands)

Shares

Amount

earnings

income (loss)

Total

Balance, December 31, 2017

3,734,478 

$

28,361 

$

57,218 

$

1,804 

$

87,383 

Net income

11,006 

11,006 

Other comprehensive loss

(2,478)

(2,478)

Effect of adopting ASU 2016-01

421 

(421)

-

Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

6,783 

149 

149 

Issuance of common stock through Dividend Reinvestment Plan

5,486 

311 

311 

Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

9,994 

Issuance of common stock through exercise of stock options and SSARs

2,685 

14 

14 

Stock-based compensation expense

880 

880 

Cash dividends declared

(3,708)

(3,708)

Balance, December 31, 2018

3,759,426 

$

29,715 

$

64,937 

$

(1,095)

$

93,557 

Net income

11,576 

11,576 

Other comprehensive income

4,697 

4,697 

Effect of adopting ASU 2016-02

(91)

(91)

Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

4,535 

175 

175 

Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

15,574 

Issuance of common stock through exercise of SSARs

1,965 

Stock-based compensation expense

958 

958 

Cash dividends declared

(4,037)

(4,037)

Balance, December 31, 2019

3,781,500 

$

30,848 

$

72,385 

$

3,602 

$

106,835 

Net income

13,035 

13,035 

Other comprehensive income

5,350 

5,350 

Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

3,885 

219 

219 

Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

15,395 

Stock-based compensation expense

1,201 

1,201 

Issuance of common stock for acquisition

1,176,970 

45,408 

45,408 

Cash dividends declared

(5,378)

(5,378)

Balance, December 31, 2020

4,977,750 

$

77,676 

$

80,042 

$

8,952 

$

166,670 

See notes to consolidated financial statements


65


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

$

13,035 

$

11,576 

$

11,006 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by

operating activities:

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

4,539 

3,301 

3,029 

Provision for loan losses

5,250 

1,085 

1,450 

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

(400)

341 

1,019 

Stock-based compensation expense

1,077 

817 

749 

Excess tax benefit from exercise of SSARs

-

23 

28 

Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale

158,300 

52,718 

32,721 

Originations of loans held-for-sale

(176,939)

(42,328)

(34,858)

Earnings from bank-owned life insurance

(794)

(647)

(598)

Net gain from sales of loans

(3,603)

(856)

(645)

Net gain from sales of investment securities

(115)

(14)

(54)

Net (gain) loss from sale and write-down of foreclosed assets held-for-sale

(23)

44 

90 

Net loss from write-down and disposal of bank premises and equipment

142 

13 

18 

Operating lease payments

29 

81 

-

Change in:

Accrued interest receivable

(985)

(10)

(486)

Other assets

(710)

420 

(2,503)

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

1,493 

(778)

2,684 

Net cash provided by operating activities

296 

25,786 

13,650 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Available-for-sale securities:

Proceeds from sales

123,459 

10,952 

13,514 

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal pay-downs

68,906 

35,045 

20,434 

Purchases

(271,504)

(43,384)

(63,571)

Decrease (increase) in restricted investments in bank stock

2,149 

1,956 

(3,507)

Net increase in loans and leases

(132,541)

(36,912)

(81,887)

Principal portion of lease payments received under direct finance leases

3,551 

3,170 

-

Purchase of life insurance policies

(11,000)

(2,000)

-

Purchases of bank premises and equipment

(1,390)

(4,128)

(3,572)

Net cash acquired in acquisition

53,004 

-

-

Proceeds from sale of bank premises and equipment

187 

240 

8 

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets held-for-sale

936 

1,065 

1,462 

Net cash used in investing activities

(164,243)

(33,996)

(117,119)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net increase in deposits

278,342 

65,554 

40,037 

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

(37,839)

(38,527)

57,864 

Proceeds from issuance of FHLB advances

-

-

15,000 

Proceeds from Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (PPPLF)

152,791 

-

-

Repayment of PPPLF

(152,791)

-

-

Repayment of FHLB advances

(17,627)

(16,704)

(4,500)

Repayment of finance lease obligation

(83)

(73)

(38)

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan participants

219 

175 

149 

Exercise of stock options

-

-

14 

Dividends paid

(5,378)

(4,037)

(3,397)

Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares

(4)

-

-

Net cash provided by financing activities

217,630 

6,388 

105,129 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

53,683 

(1,822)

1,660 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning

15,663 

17,485 

15,825 

Cash and cash equivalents, ending

$

69,346 

$

15,663 

$

17,485 

See notes to consolidated financial statements


66


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Cash payments for:

Interest

$

5,820 

$

7,440 

$

4,689 

Income tax

3,250 

1,950 

600 

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-cash Investing Activities:

Net change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

6,772 

5,946 

(3,137)

Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets held-for-sale

800 

1,288 

781 

Transfers from loans to loans held-for-sale

6,642 

6,038 

1,204 

Transfers from premises and equipment to other assets held-for-sale

-

-

253 

Right-of-use asset

72 

6,211 

-

Lease liability

72 

6,710 

-

Transactions related to acquisition

Increase in assets and liabilities:

Securities

$

123,420 

Loans

245,283 

Restricted investments in bank stocks

692 

Premises and equipment

6,907 

Investment in bank-owned life insurance

9,230 

Goodwill

6,843 

Core deposit intangible asset

1,973 

Right-of-use assets

1,354 

Other assets

2,680 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

(118,822)

Interest-bearing deposits

(276,816)

FHLB advances

(7,627)

Lease liabilities

(1,354)

Other liabilities

(1,356)

Common shares issued

(45,408)

See notes to consolidated financial statements


67


FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank (the Bank) (collectively, the Company). All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

The Company provides a full range of banking, trust and financial services to individuals, small businesses and corporate customers. Its primary market areas are Lackawanna, Luzerne and Northampton Counties, Pennsylvania. The Company's primary deposit products are demand deposits and interest-bearing time, money market and savings accounts. It offers a full array of loan products to meet the needs of retail and commercial customers. The Company is subject to regulation by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of investment securities, the determination and the amount of impairment in the securities portfolios, and the related realization of the deferred tax assets related to the allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment on and valuations of investment securities.

In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management generally obtains independent appraisals for significant properties, utilizes historical loss factors and applies judgement to determine qualitative factor adjustments. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, further reductions in the carrying amounts of loans may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the estimated losses on loans. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible that the estimated losses on loans may change materially in the near-term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

The Company’s investment securities are comprised of a variety of financial instruments. The fair values of the securities are subject to various risks including changes in the interest rate environment and general economic conditions including illiquid conditions in the capital markets. Due to the increased level of these risks and their potential impact on the fair values of the securities, it is possible that the amounts reported in the accompanying financial statements could materially change in the near-term. Any credit-related impairment is included as a component of non-interest income in the consolidated income statements while non-credit-related impairment is charged to other comprehensive income, net of tax.

SIGNIFICANT GROUP CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

The Company originates commercial, consumer, and mortgage loans to customers primarily located in Lackawanna, Luzerne, Northampton, and Lehigh Counties of Pennsylvania. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent on the economic sector in which the Company operates. The loan portfolio does not have any significant concentrations from one industry or customer.

HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES

Debt securities, for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, are reported at cost. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted, as a component of interest income over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the interest method. The Company did not have any held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

TRADING SECURITIES

Debt securities held principally for resale in the near-term, or trading securities, are recorded at their fair values. Unrealized gains and losses are included in other income. The Company did not have investment securities held for trading purposes during 2020 or 2019.

68


AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

Available-for-sale (AFS) securities consist of debt and equity securities classified as neither held-to-maturity nor trading and are reported at fair value. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted as a component of interest income over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the interest method. Unrealized holding gains and losses, including non-credit-related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI), on AFS securities are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of deferred income taxes, until realized. The net unrealized holding gains and losses are a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses from sales of securities AFS are determined using the specific identification method.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

The Company, is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, and as such is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB). The amount the Company is required to invest is dependent upon the relative size of outstanding borrowings the Company has with the FHLB. Based on redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost.

LOANS

Originated loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at face value, net of unamortized loan fees and costs and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on residential real estate loans is recorded based on principal pay downs on an actual days basis. Commercial loan interest is accrued on the principal balance on an actual days basis. Interest on consumer loans is determined using the simple interest method.

Acquired loans are initially recorded at their acquisition date fair values with no carryover of the existing related allowance for loan losses. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgements as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, collateral values, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Upon acquisition, in accordance with GAAP, the Company has individually determined whether each acquired loan is within the scope of ASC 310-30. These loans are deemed purchased credit impaired loans and the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non accretable discount.

Acquired ASC 310-20 loans, which are loans that did not meet the criteria of ASC 310-30, were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. These loans are initially recorded at fair value, and include credit and interest rate marks associated with purchase accounting adjustments. Purchase premiums or discounts are subsequently amortized as an adjustment to yield over the estimated contractual lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for acquired performing loans. An allowance for loan losses is recorded for any credit deterioration in these individual loans subsequent to acquisitions.

Generally, loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is charged against current earnings. Any payments received on non-accrual loans are applied, first to the outstanding loan amounts, then to the recovery of any charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of lost interest.

Acquired loans that meet the criteria for impaired or non-accrual status prior to the acquisition may be considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the Company expects to fully collect the fair value of the loans.

A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the Company grants a concession that it would not otherwise grant based on current underwriting standards. Although concessions may be made when modifying a loan, forgiveness of principal is rarely granted.

MORTGAGE BANKING OPERATIONS AND MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

The Company sells one-to-four family residential mortgage loans on a servicing retained basis. On a loan sold where servicing was retained, the Company determines at the time of sale the value of the retained servicing rights, which represents the present value of the differential between the contractual servicing fee and adequate compensation, defined as the fee a sub-servicer would require to assume the role of servicer, after considering the estimated effects of prepayments. If material, a portion of the gain on the sale of the loan is recognized due to the value of the servicing rights, and a mortgage servicing asset is recorded.

Commitments to sell one-to-four family residential mortgage loans are made primarily during the period between the intent to proceed and the closing of the mortgage loan. The timing of making these sale commitments is dependent upon the timing of the borrower’s election to lock-in the mortgage interest rate and fees prior to loan closing. Most of these sales commitments are made on a best-efforts basis whereby the Company is only obligated to sell the mortgage if the mortgage loan is approved and closed by the Company. Commitments to fund mortgage loans (rate lock commitments) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. Fair values of these derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date

69


the interest rate on the loan is locked. The Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in gains or losses on sales of loans. The fair value of these derivative instruments was not significant at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Servicing assets are reported in other assets and amortized in proportion to and over the period during which estimated servicing income will be received. Servicing loans for others consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors, and processing foreclosures. Loan servicing income is recorded when earned and represents servicing fees from investors and certain charges collected from borrowers, such as late payment fees. The Company has fiduciary responsibility for related escrow and custodial funds.

Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through the sale of financial assets. For sales of mortgage loans originated by the Company, a portion of the cost of originating the loan is allocated to the servicing retained right based on fair value. Capitalized servicing rights are amortized into interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Remaining servicing rights are charged against income upon payoff of the loan. Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal and are recorded as income when earned.

LOANS HELD-FOR-SALE

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Unrealized gains are recognized but only to the extent of previous write-downs.

AUTOMOBILE LEASING

Financing of automobiles, provided to customers under lease arrangements of varying terms obtained via an indirect arrangement primarily through a single dealer on a full recourse basis, are accounted for as direct finance leases. Interest on automobile direct finance leasing is determined using the interest method. Generally, the interest method is used to arrive at a level effective yield over the life of the lease. The lease residual and the lease receivable, net of unearned lease income, are recorded within loans and leases on the balance sheet.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses. The allowance represents an amount which, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans. Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectability of the loans. These evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay, collateral value, overall portfolio quality and review of specific loans for impairment. Management applies two primary components during the estimation process to determine proper allowance levels; a specific loan loss allocation for loans that are deemed impaired and a general loan loss allocation for those loans not specifically allocated based on historical charge-off history and qualitative factor adjustments for trends or changes in the loan portfolio and economic factors. Delinquencies, changes in lending policies and local economic conditions are some of the items used for the qualitative factor adjustments. Loans considered uncollectible are charged against the allowance. Recoveries on loans previously charged off are added to the allowance.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting payments when due. The significance of payment delays and/or shortfalls is determined on a case-by-case basis. All circumstances surrounding the loan are taken into account. Such factors include the length of the delinquency, the underlying reasons and the borrower’s prior payment record. Impairment is measured on these loans on a loan-by-loan basis. Impaired loans include non-accrual loans, TDRs and other loans deemed to be impaired based on the aforementioned factors.

Acquired loans are marked to fair value on the date of acquisition and are evaluated on a quarterly basis to ensure the necessary purchase accounting updates are made in parallel with the allowance for loan loss calculation. The carryover of allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans is prohibited as any credit losses in the loans are included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans reflects only those losses incurred after acquisition and represents the present value of cash flows expected at acquisition that is no longer expected to be collected. In conjunction with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company performs an analysis on acquired loans to determine whether or not there has been subsequent deterioration in relation to these loans. If deterioration has occurred, the Company will include these loans in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses after the initial valuation and provide accordingly.

For acquired ASC 310-30 loans, the Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows would require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for loan losses. Subsequent improvement in expected cash flows would result in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the non

70


accretable discount which would be reclassified as an accretable discount that will be recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan.

The risk characteristics of each of the identified portfolio segments are as follows:

Commercial and industrial loans (C&I): C&I loans are primarily based on the identified historic and/or the projected cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of the borrower, however, do fluctuate based on changes in the Company’s internal and external environment including management, human and capital resources, economic conditions, competition and regulation. Most C&I loans are secured by business assets being financed such as equipment, accounts receivable, and/or inventory and generally incorporate a secured or unsecured personal guarantee. Unsecured loans may be made on a short-term basis. Loans to municipal borrowers, which carry the full faith and credit of each respective local government unit consistent with the PA Local Government Unit Debt Act (LGUDA) as well as loans to municipal authorities are included in C&I loans. The ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers and perform under the terms of its loan may be affected by its customers’ economic and financial condition.

Commercial real estate loans (CRE): Commercial real estate loans are made to finance the purchase of real estate, refinance existing obligations and/or to provide capital. These commercial real estate loans are generally secured by first lien security interests in the real estate as well as assignment of leases and rents. The real estate may include apartments, hotels, retail stores or plazas and healthcare facilities whether they are owner or non-owner occupied. These loans are typically originated in amounts of no more than 80% of the appraised value of the property. The ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers and perform under the terms of its loan may be affected by its customers’ or lessees' customers’ economic and financial condition.

Consumer loans: The Company offers home equity installment loans and lines of credit. Risks associated with loans secured by residential properties are generally lower than commercial real estate loans and include general economic risks, such as the strength of the job market, employment stability and the strength of the housing market. Since most loans are secured by a primary or secondary residence or an automobile, the borrower’s continued employment is considered the greatest risk to repayment. The Company also offers a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes. These loans are generally considered to have greater risk than mortgages on real estate because they may be unsecured, or if they are secured, the value of the collateral may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease in value than real estate.

Residential mortgage loans: Residential mortgages are secured by a first lien position of the borrower’s residential real estate. These loans have varying loan rates depending on the financial condition of the borrower and the loan to value ratio. Since most loans are secured by a primary or secondary residence, the borrower’s continued employment is considered the greatest risk to repayment. Residential mortgages have terms up to thirty years with amortizations varying from 10 to 30 years. The majority of the loans are underwritten according to FNMA and/or FHLB standards.

TRANSFER OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: the assets have been isolated from the Company—put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership; the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets; and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets, other than through a cleanup call.

LOAN FEES AND COSTS

Nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are recognized as a component of interest income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. The unamortized balance of the deferred fees and costs are included as components of the loan balances to which they relate.

BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Land is carried at cost. Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the improved property. The Company leases several branches which are classified as operating leases. The Company also leases three stand-alone ATMs which are classified as operating leases and equipment which is classified as capital leases. In most circumstances, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Rent expense is recognized on the straight-line method over the term of the lease.

BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE

The Company maintains bank owned life insurance (BOLI) for a selected group of employees, namely its officers where the Company is the owner and sole beneficiary of the policies. The earnings from the BOLI are recognized as a component of other income in the consolidated statements of income. The BOLI is an asset that can be liquidated, if necessary, with tax

71


consequences. However, the Company intends to hold these policies and, accordingly, the Company has not provided for deferred income taxes on the earnings from the increase in the cash surrender value.

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company holds separate supplemental executive retirement (SERP) agreements for certain officers and an amount is credited to each participant’s SERP account monthly while they are actively employed by the bank until retirement. A deferred tax asset is provided for the non-deductible SERP expense. The Company also entered into separate split dollar life insurance arrangements with four executives providing post-retirement benefits and accrues monthly expense for this benefit. Monthly expenses for the SERP and post-retirement split dollar life benefit are recorded as components of salaries and employee benefit expense on the consolidated statements of income.

FORECLOSED ASSETS HELD-FOR-SALE

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less cost to sell. Foreclosed assets held-for-sale is primarily other real estate owned, but also includes other repossessed assets. Losses from the acquisition of property in full and partial satisfaction of debt are treated as credit losses. Routine holding costs, gains and losses from sales, write-downs for subsequent declines in value and any rental income received are recognized net, as a component of other real estate owned expense in the consolidated statements of income. Gains or losses are recorded when the properties are sold.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets, including bank premises and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If impairment is indicated by that review, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value through a charge to non-interest expense.

GOODWILL

Goodwill is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as the excess of liabilities assumed over identifiable assets acquired on the acquisition date. Goodwill is recorded at its net carrying value which represents estimated fair value. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes over a 15 year period.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually as of November 30 and between annual tests when events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Goodwill impairment exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. A qualitative test can be performed to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. In this qualitative assessment, the Company evaluates events and circumstances which include general banking industry conditions and trends, the overall financial performance of the Company, the performance of the Company’s common stock and key financial performance metrics of the Company. If the qualitative review indicates that it is not more likely than not that the carrying value exceeds its fair value, no further evaluation needs to be performed. If the results of the qualitative review indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the Company performs a quantitative impairment test. During 2020, the Company determined it is not more likely than not that the fair value exceeds its carrying value therefore no quantitative analysis was necessary.

STOCK PLANS

The Company has two stock-based compensation plans. The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement accounting principles, which requires the cost of share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. The stock-based compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. When granting stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs), the Company uses Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model to determine fair value on the date of grant.

TRUST AND FINANCIAL SERVICE FEES

Trust and financial service fees are recorded on the cash basis, which is not materially different from the accrual basis.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred.

LEGAL AND PROFESSIONAL EXPENSES

Generally, the Company recognizes legal and professional fees as incurred and are included as a component of professional services expense in the consolidated statements of income. Legal costs incurred that are associated with the collection of outstanding amounts due from delinquent borrowers are included as a component of loan collection expense in the consolidated statements of income. In the event of litigation proceedings brought about by an employee or third party against the Company, expenses for damages will be accrued if the likelihood of the outcome against the Company is probable, the amount can be reasonably estimated and the amount would have a material impact on the financial results of the Company.


72


INCOME TAXES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

The benefit of a tax position is recognized on the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not threshold, no tax benefit is recorded. Under the more likely than not threshold guidelines, the Company believes no significant uncertain tax positions exist, either individually or in the aggregate, that would give rise to the non-recognition of an existing tax benefit. The Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018, respectively.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the shareholders’ equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (loss).

CASH FLOWS

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions.

2.CASH

The Company is required by the Federal Reserve Bank to maintain average reserve balances based on a percentage of deposits. The amounts of those reserve requirements on December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0 and $0.7 million, respectively.

Deposits with any one financial institution are insured up to $250,000. From time-to-time, the Company may maintain cash and cash equivalent s with certain other financial institutions in excess of the insured amount.

3.ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The following tables illustrate the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income by component and the details about the components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of and for the periods indicated:

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)

debt securities

Beginning balance

$

3,602

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

5,441

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

(91)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

5,350

Ending balance

$

8,952

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2019

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)

debt securities

Beginning balance

$

(1,095)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

4,708

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

(11)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

4,697

Ending balance

$

3,602

73


As of and for the year ended December 31, 2018

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)

debt securities

Beginning balance

$

1,804

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax

(2,470)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

(8)

Effect of adopting ASU 2016-01, net of tax*

(421)

Net current-period other comprehensive loss

(2,899)

Ending balance

$

(1,095)

*The Company adopted ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018. As a result, unrealized gains on equity securities were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.

Details about accumulated other

comprehensive income components

Amount reclassified from accumulated

Affected line item in the statement

(dollars in thousands)

other comprehensive income

where net income is presented

2020

2019

2018

Unrealized gains (losses) on AFS debt securities

$

115 

$

14 

$

10 

Gain (loss) on sale of investment securities

Income tax effect

(24)

(3)

(2)

Provision for income taxes

Total reclassifications for the period

$

91 

$

11 

$

8 

Net income

4.INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Agency – Government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) and Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) - GSE residential

Agency – GSE and MBS – GSE residential securities consist of short- to long-term notes issued by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), FNMA, FHLB and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). These securities have interest rates that are fixed and adjustable, have varying short to long-term maturity dates and have contractual cash flows guaranteed by the U.S. government or agencies of the U.S. government.

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

The municipal securities are bank qualified or bank eligible, general obligation and revenue bonds rated as investment grade by various credit rating agencies and have fixed rates of interest with mid- to long-term maturities. Fair values of these securities are highly driven by interest rates. Management performs ongoing credit quality reviews on these issues.

Amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of the period indicated are as follows:

Gross

Gross

Amortized

unrealized

unrealized

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

cost

gains

losses

value

December 31, 2020

Available-for-sale debt securities:

Agency - GSE

$

45,146

$

392

$

(91)

$

45,447

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

192,385

7,480

(152)

199,713

MBS - GSE residential

143,557

3,881

(178)

147,260

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

381,088

$

11,753

$

(421)

$

392,420


74


Gross

Gross

Amortized

unrealized

unrealized

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

cost

gains

losses

value

December 31, 2019

Available-for-sale debt securities:

Agency - GSE

$

5,941

$

218

$

-

$

6,159

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

51,857

2,871

(10)

54,718

MBS - GSE residential

122,759

1,609

(128)

124,240

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

180,557

$

4,698

$

(138)

$

185,117

Some of the Company’s debt securities are pledged to secure trust funds, public deposits, short-term borrowings, FHLB advances, Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia Discount Window borrowings and certain other deposits as required by law.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2020 by contractual maturity are shown below:

Amortized

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

cost

value

Available-for-sale securities:

Debt securities:

Due in one year or less

$

-

$

-

Due after one year through five years

6,913

7,339

Due after five years through ten years

55,874

56,090

Due after ten years

174,744

181,731

MBS - GSE residential

143,557

147,260

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

381,088

$

392,420

Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers and borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalty. Agency – GSE and municipal securities are included based on their original stated maturity. MBS – GSE residential, which are based on weighted-average lives and subject to monthly principal pay-downs, are listed in total. Most of the securities have fixed rates or have predetermined scheduled rate changes and many have call features that allow the issuer to call the security at par before its stated maturity without penalty.

Gross realized gains and losses from sales, determined using specific identification, for the periods indicated were as follows:

December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Gross realized gain

$

147

$

104

$

114

Gross realized loss

(32)

(90)

(60)

Net gain

$

115

$

14

$

54


75


The following table presents the fair value and gross unrealized losses of investments aggregated by investment type, the length of time and the number of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the period indicated:

Less than 12 months

More than 12 months

Total

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

(dollars in thousands)

value

losses

value

losses

value

losses

December 31, 2020

Agency - GSE

$

27,602 

$

(91)

$

-

$

-

$

27,602 

$

(91)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

15,256 

(152)

-

-

15,256 

(152)

MBS - GSE residential

14,753 

(178)

-

-

14,753 

(178)

Total

$

57,611 

$

(421)

$

-

$

-

$

57,611 

$

(421)

Number of securities

30 

-

30 

December 31, 2019

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

$

2,867 

$

(10)

$

-

$

-

$

2,867 

$

(10)

MBS - GSE residential

5,084 

(19)

16,518 

(109)

21,602 

(128)

Total

$

7,951 

$

(29)

$

16,518 

$

(109)

$

24,469 

$

(138)

Number of securities

5 

12 

17 

The Company had thirty debt securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020, including thirteen agency securities, five mortgage-backed securities and twelve municipal securities. The severity of these unrealized losses based on their underlying cost basis was as follows at December 31, 2020: 0.33% for agencies, 1.19% for total MBS-GSE; and 0.99% for municipals. None of these securities had been in an unrealized loss position in excess of 12 months.

Management believes the cause of the unrealized losses is related to changes in interest rates, instability in the capital markets or the limited trading activity due to illiquid conditions in the debt market and is not directly related to credit quality. Quarterly, management conducts a formal review of investment securities for the presence of other than temporary impairment (OTTI). The accounting guidance related to OTTI requires the Company to assess whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost as of the balance sheet date. Under those circumstances, OTTI is considered to have occurred if: (1) the entity has the intent to sell the security; (2) more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost. The accounting guidance requires that credit-related OTTI be recognized in earnings while non-credit-related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold be recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI). Non-credit-related OTTI is based on other factors affecting market value, including illiquidity.

The Company’s OTTI evaluation process also follows the guidance set forth in topics related to debt securities. The guidance set forth in the pronouncements require the Company to take into consideration current market conditions, fair value in relationship to cost, extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, all available information relevant to the collectability of debt securities, the ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of fair value which may be to maturity and other factors when evaluating for the existence of OTTI. The guidance requires that credit-related OTTI be recognized as a realized loss through earnings when there has been an adverse change in the holder’s expected cash flows such that the full amount (principal and interest) will probably not be received. This requirement is consistent with the impairment model in the guidance for accounting for debt securities.

For all debt securities, as of December 31, 2020, the Company applied the criteria provided in the recognition and presentation guidance related to OTTI. That is, management has no intent to sell the securities and nor any conditions were identified by management that, more likely than not, would require the Company to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. The results indicated there was no presence of OTTI in the Company’s security portfolio. In addition, management believes the change in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates.


76


5.LOANS AND LEASES

The classifications of loans and leases at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Originated

Acquired

Total

Commercial and industrial

$

257,277

$

23,480

$

280,757

$

122,594

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

104,653

87,490

192,143

99,801

Owner occupied

136,305

43,618

179,923

130,558

Construction

3,965

6,266

10,231

4,654

Consumer:

Home equity installment

34,561

5,586

40,147

36,631

Home equity line of credit

44,931

4,794

49,725

47,282

Auto loans

98,192

194

98,386

105,870

Direct finance leases

20,095

-

20,095

16,355

Other

7,411

191

7,602

5,634

Residential:

Real estate

180,414

38,031

218,445

167,164

Construction

23,117

240

23,357

17,770

Total

910,921

209,890

1,120,811

754,313

Less:

Allowance for loan losses

(14,202)

-

(14,202)

(9,747)

Unearned lease revenue

(1,159)

-

(1,159)

(903)

Loans and leases, net

$

895,560

$

209,890

$

1,105,450

$

743,663

As of December 31, 2020, total loans of $1.1 billion were reflected net of deferred loan costs of $1.7 million, including $2.2 million in deferred fee income from Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans which was offset by deferred loan costs on other loans. Net deferred loan costs of $3.0 million have been included in the carrying values of loans at December 31, 2019.

Commercial and industrial loan balances were $280.8 million at December 31, 2020 and $122.6 million on December 31, 2019. The $158.2 million increase reflected $129.9 million in PPP loans (net of unearned deferred fees) and $23.5 million in loans stated at fair value acquired in the Merchants Bank merger.

Direct finance leases include the lease receivable and the guaranteed lease residual. Unearned lease revenue represents the difference between the lessor’s investment in the property and the gross investment in the lease. Unearned revenue is accrued over the life of the lease using the effective interest method.

The Company services real estate loans for investors in the secondary mortgage market which are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The approximate unpaid principal balance of mortgages serviced amounted to $366.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and $302.3 million as of December 31, 2019. Mortgage servicing rights amounted to $1.3 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Management is responsible for conducting the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans. Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management feels an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The Company utilizes an external independent loan review firm that reviews and validates the credit risk program on at least an annual basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management and the board of directors. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

Paycheck Protection Program Loans

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, was signed into law on March 27, 2020, and provided over $2.0 trillion in emergency economic relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (SBA) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new 7(a) loan program called the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP).

As a qualified SBA lender, the Company was automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. An eligible business can apply for a PPP loan up to the greater of: (1) 2.5 times its average monthly payroll costs, or (2) $10.0 million. PPP loans will have:

77


(a) an interest rate of 1.0%, (b) a two-year loan term to maturity for loans originated before June 5th and a five-year maturity for loans originated beginning on June 5th; and (c) principal and interest payments deferred for six months from the date of disbursement. The SBA will guarantee 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. The entire principal amount of the borrowers’ PPP loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount under the PPP, so long as the employer maintains or quickly rehires employees and maintains salary levels and 60% of the loan proceeds are used for payroll expenses, with the remaining 40% of the loan proceeds used for other qualifying expenses.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 1,246 PPP loans outstanding totaling $132.1 million, which represents a $27.0 million, or 17%, decrease from the 1,551 loans totaling $159.1 million originated under the Paycheck Protection Program. As a PPP lender, the Company received fee income of approximately $5.6 million year-to-date. The Company recognized $3.3 million of PPP fee income during 2020 with the remaining amount to be recognized in future quarters. Unearned fees attributed to PPP loans, net of fees paid to referral sources as prescribed by the SBA under the PPP program, were $2.2 million as of December 31, 2020.

Acquired loans

Acquired loans are marked to fair value on the date of acquisition. For detailed information on calculating the fair value of acquired loans, see Footnote 9, “Acquisition.”

The carryover of allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans is prohibited as any credit losses in the loans are included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans reflects only those losses incurred after acquisition and represents the present value of cash flows expected at acquisition that is no longer expected to be collected.

The Company reported provisional fair value adjustments regarding the acquired MNB Corporation loan portfolio. Therefore, we did not record an allowance on the acquired non-purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans. We are in the process of developing a plan to evaluate acquired non-PCI loans for additional reserve in the subsequent interim period. In conjunction with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company performs an analysis on acquired loans to determine whether there has been subsequent deterioration in relation to those loans. If deterioration has occurred, the Company will include these loans in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses after the initial valuation and provide reserves accordingly.

Upon acquisition, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company has individually determined whether each acquired loan is within the scope of ASC 310-30. As part of this process, the Company’s senior management and other relevant individuals reviewed the seller’s loan portfolio on a loan-by-loan basis to determine if any loans met the two-part definition of an impaired loan as defined by ASC 310-30: 1) Credit deterioration on the loan from its inception until the acquisition date, and 2) It is probable that not all contractual cash flows will be collected on the loan.

With regards to ASC 310-30 loans, for external disclosure purposes, the aggregate contractual cash flows less the aggregate expected cash flows result in a credit related non-accretable yield amount. The aggregate expected cash flows less the acquisition date fair value result in an accretable yield amount. The accretable yield reflects the contractual cash flows management expects to collect above the loan's acquisition date fair value and will be recognized over the life of the loan on a level-yield basis as a component of interest income.

Over the life of the acquired ASC 310-30 loan, the Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Decreases in expected cash flows, other than from prepayments or rate adjustments, are recognized as impairments through a charge to the provision for credit losses resulting in an increase in the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in cash flows result in first, reversal of existing valuation allowances recognized after acquisition, if any, and next, an increase in the amount of accretable yield to be subsequently recognized on a prospective basis over the loan’s remaining life.

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans that met the criteria for non-accrual of interest prior to acquisition are considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the Company can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of expected cash flows on such loans. Accordingly, the Company does not consider acquired contractually delinquent loans to be non-accruing and continues to recognize accretable yield on these loans which is recognized as interest income on a level yield method over the life of the loan.

Acquired ASC 310-20 loans, which are loans that did not meet the criteria above, were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. For these pools, the Company used certain loan information, including outstanding principal balance, estimated expected losses, weighted average maturity, weighted average margin, and weighted average interest rate along with estimated prepayment rates, expected lifetime losses, and environment factors to estimate the expected cash flow for each loan pool.

Within the ASC 310-20 loans, the Company identified certain loans that have higher risk due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Although performing at the time of acquisition and likely will continue making payments in accordance with contractual terms, management elected a higher credit adjustment on these loans to reflect the greater inherent risk that the borrower will default on payments. These higher risk factors include loans that requested forbearance consistent with FIL-17-2020 FDIC Statement on Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus and Regulatory and Supervisory

78


Assistance, loans that were in industries determined to be at greater risk to economic disruption due to COVID-19, and loans that had a prior history of delinquency greater than 60 days at any point in the lifetime of the loan.

The following table provides changes in accretable yield for all acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are not included in this table.

For the year ended

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2020

Balance at beginning of period

$

-

Accretable yield on acquired loans

248

Reclassification from non-accretable difference

429

Accretion of accretable yield

(114)

Balance at end of period

$

563

During the third quarter of 2020, management performed an analysis of all loans accounted for under ASC 310-30. Three loans had an improvement in collateral value and two loans had actual payments exceed estimates resulting in a $192 thousand reclassification from non-accretable discount to accretable discount.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, management performed an analysis of all loans accounted for under ASC 310-30. One loan had an improvement in collateral value and two loans had actual payments exceed estimates resulting in a $237 thousand reclassification from non-accretable discount to accretable discount.

Cash flows expected to be collected on acquired loans are estimated quarterly by incorporating several key assumptions. These key assumptions include probability of default and the number of actual prepayments after the acquisition date. Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans and could change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal expected to be collected. In reforecasting future estimated cash flows, credit loss expectations are adjusted as necessary. Improved cash flow expectations for loans or pools are recorded first as a reversal of previously recorded impairment, if any, and then as an increase in prospective yield when all previously recorded impairment has been recaptured.

Non-accrual loans

Non-accrual loans, segregated by class, at December 31, were as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Commercial and industrial

$

590

$

336

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

846

510

Owner occupied

1,123

1,447

Consumer:

Home equity installment

61

65

Home equity line of credit

395

294

Auto loans

27

16

Residential:

Real estate

727

1,006

Total

$

3,769

$

3,674

The table above excludes $1.3 million in purchased credit impaired loans, net of unamortized fair value adjustments.

The decision to place loans on non-accrual status is made on an individual basis after considering factors pertaining to each specific loan. C&I and CRE loans are placed on non-accrual status when management has determined that payment of all contractual principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest, unless well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans secured by real estate and residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at 120 days past due as to principal and interest and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off when the loan is 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. The Company considers all non-accrual loans to be impaired loans.


79


Loan Modifications/COVID-19

The table below provides a summary by loan type of the COVID-19 accommodations based on the number and outstanding balance at December 31, 2020 along with the percentage of these accommodations relative to the loan portfolio and tier 1 capital:

(dollars in thousands)

Number of Loans

Total Modification Balance

Total Loan Balance

Percentage of Total Loan Balance

Percentage of Tier 1 Capital

Commercial and industrial

1 

$

881 

$

280,757 

0.3%

0.6%

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

2 

113 

192,143 

0.1%

0.1%

Owner occupied

4 

1,161 

179,923 

0.6%

0.7%

Construction

-

-

10,231 

0.0%

0.0%

Total Commercial

7 

2,155 

663,054 

0.3%

1.4%

Consumer:

Home equity installment

-

-

40,147 

0.0%

0.0%

Home equity line of credit

-

-

49,725 

0.0%

0.0%

Auto loans

3 

51 

98,386 

0.1%

0.0%

Direct finance leases

-

-

20,095 

0.0%

0.0%

Other

-

-

7,602 

0.0%

0.0%

Total Consumer

3 

51 

215,955 

0.0%

0.0%

Residential:

Real estate

-

-

218,445 

0.0%

0.0%

Construction

-

-

23,357 

0.0%

0.0%

Total Residential

-

-

241,802 

0.0%

0.0%

Total

10 

$

2,206 

$

1,120,811 

0.2%

1.5%

The following table provides information with respect to the Company’s commercial COVID-19 accommodations by sector at December 31, 2020.

(dollars in thousands)

Count

Balance

Percentage of Tier 1 Capital

Retail Trade

2 

$

1,440 

1.0%

Real Estate Rental and Leasing

2 

304 

0.2%

Accommodation and Food Services

1 

298 

0.1%

Finance and Insurance

2 

113 

0.1%

Total commercial accommodations

7 

$

2,155 

1.4%

Consistent with Section 4013 and the Revised Statement of Section 4013 of the CARES Act, specifically “Temporary Relief From Troubled Debt Restructurings”, the Company approved requests by borrowers to modify loan terms and defer principal and/or interest payment for loans. U.S. GAAP permits the suspension of TDR determination defined under ASC 310-40 provided that such modifications are made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief. This includes short-term (i.e. six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers considered current for purposes of Section 4013 are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time the modification program is implemented.

Beginning the week of March 16, 2020, the Company began receiving requests for temporary modifications to the repayment structure for borrower loans. Modification terms included interest only or full payment deferral for up to 6 months. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 10 temporary modifications with principal balances totaling $2.2 million, which is down $199.6 million, or 99%, from the $201.8 million temporary modifications that were outstanding as of June 30, 2020.

The global pandemic referred to as COVID-19 has created many barriers to loan production relative to the measures taken to slow the spread. These measures have put a large strain on a wide variety of industries within the global economy generally, and the Company’s market specifically. The overall economic impact and effect of the measures is yet to be fully understood as its effects will most likely lag timewise behind while businesses and governments inject resources to help lessen the impact. Despite efforts to lessen the impact, it is the Company’s current belief that the pandemic will temporarily, or in some cases permanently, damage our borrower’s ability to repay loans and comply with terms.


80


Troubled Debt Restructuring

A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession. The Company considers all TDRs to be impaired loans. The Company typically considers the following concessions when modifying a loan, which may include lowering interest rates below the market rate, temporary interest-only payment periods, term extensions at interest rates lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk and/or converting revolving credit lines to term loans. The Company typically does not forgive principal when granting a TDR modification.

The following presents by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR:

Loans modified as TDRs for the twelve months ended:

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Recorded

Increase in

Recorded

Increase in

Number

investment

allowance

Number

investment

allowance

of

(as of

(as of

of

(as of

(as of

contracts

period end)

period end)

contracts

period end)

period end)

Commercial and industrial

2

$

206

$

66

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

2

1,598

453

-

-

-

Total

4

$

1,804

$

519

-

$

-

$

-

In the above table, the period end balance is inclusive of all partial pay downs and charge-offs since the modification date. For all loans modified in a TDR, the pre-modification recorded investment was the same as the post-modification recorded investment.

Of the TDRs outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, when modified, the concessions granted consisted of temporary interest-only payments, extensions of maturity date, or a reduction in the rate of interest to a below-market rate for a contractual period of time. Other than the TDRs that were placed on non-accrual status, the TDRs were performing in accordance with their modified terms.

Loans modified in a TDR are closely monitored for delinquency as an early indicator of possible future default. If loans modified in a TDR subsequently default, the Company evaluates the loan for possible further impairment.

The following presents by class, loans modified as a TDR that subsequently defaulted (i.e. 90 days or more past due following a modification) during the periods indicated:

Loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the twelve months ended:

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Number of

Recorded

Number of

Recorded

contracts

investment

contracts

investment

Commercial and industrial

2

$

206

-

$

-

Total

2

$

206

-

$

-

In the above table, the period end balances are inclusive of all partial pay downs and charge-offs since the modification date.

The allowance for loan losses (allowance) may be increased, adjustments may be made in the allocation of the allowance or partial charge-offs may be taken to further write-down the carrying value of the loan. An allowance for impaired loans that have been modified in a TDR is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the loan’s observable market price. If the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral is used to establish the allowance.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, the allowance for impaired loans that have been modified in a TDR was $0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively.


81


Past due loans

Loans are considered past due when the contractual principal and/or interest is not received by the due date. For loans reported 30-59 days past due, certain categories of loans are reported past due as and when the loan is in arrears for two payments or billing cycles. An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of the period indicated is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Recorded

Past due

investment past

30 - 59 Days

60 - 89 Days

90 days

Total

Total

due ≥ 90 days

December 31, 2020

past due

past due

or more (1)

past due

Current

loans (3)

and accruing

Originated Loans

Commercial and industrial

$

275 

$

505 

$

590 

$

1,370 

$

255,907 

$

257,277 

$

-

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

-

-

846 

846 

103,807 

104,653 

-

Owner occupied

1 

-

1,123 

1,124 

135,181 

136,305 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

3,965 

3,965 

-

Consumer:

Home equity installment

62 

-

61 

123 

34,438 

34,561 

-

Home equity line of credit

24 

-

395 

419 

44,512 

44,931 

-

Auto loans

197 

25 

27 

249 

97,943 

98,192 

-

Direct finance leases

294 

-

61 

355 

18,581 

18,936 

(2)

61 

Other

6 

-

-

6 

7,405 

7,411 

-

Residential:

Real estate

-

74 

727 

801 

179,613 

180,414 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

23,117 

23,117 

-

Total originated loans

859 

604 

3,830 

5,293 

904,469 

909,762 

61 

Acquired Loans

Commercial and industrial

13 

-

-

13 

23,467 

23,480 

-

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

79 

-

-

79 

87,411 

87,490 

-

Owner occupied

-

-

-

-

43,618 

43,618 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

6,266 

6,266 

-

Consumer:

Home equity installment

40 

-

-

40 

5,546 

5,586 

-

Home equity line of credit

-

-

-

-

4,794 

4,794 

-

Auto loans

-

-

-

-

194 

194 

-

Other

3 

-

-

3 

188 

191 

-

Residential:

Real estate

-

-

-

-

38,031 

38,031 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

240 

240 

-

Total acquired loans

135 

-

-

135 

209,755 

209,890 

-

Total Loans and Leases

Commercial and industrial

288 

505 

590 

1,383 

279,374 

280,757 

-

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

79 

-

846 

925 

191,218 

192,143 

-

Owner occupied

1 

-

1,123 

1,124 

178,799 

179,923 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

10,231 

10,231 

-

Consumer:

Home equity installment

102 

-

61 

163 

39,984 

40,147 

-

Home equity line of credit

24 

-

395 

419 

49,306 

49,725 

-

Auto loans

197 

25 

27 

249 

98,137 

98,386 

-

Direct finance leases

294 

-

61 

355 

18,581 

18,936 

(2)

61 

Other

9 

-

-

9 

7,593 

7,602 

-

Residential:

Real estate

-

74 

727 

801 

217,644 

218,445 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

23,357 

23,357 

-

Total

$

994 

$

604 

$

3,830 

$

5,428 

$

1,114,224 

$

1,119,652 

$

61 

(1) Includes non-accrual loans. (2) Net of unearned lease revenue of $1.2 million. (3) Includes net deferred loan costs of $1.7 million.


82


Recorded

Past due

investment past

30 - 59 Days

60 - 89 Days

90 days

Total

Total

due ≥ 90 days

December 31, 2019

past due

past due

or more (1)

past due

Current

loans (3)

and accruing

Commercial and industrial

$

33 

$

171 

$

336 

$

540 

$

122,054 

$

122,594 

$

-

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

-

70 

510 

580 

99,221 

99,801 

-

Owner occupied

180 

89 

1,447 

1,716 

128,842 

130,558 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

4,654 

4,654 

-

Consumer:

Home equity installment

-

5 

65 

70 

36,561 

36,631 

-

Home equity line of credit

49 

-

294 

343 

46,939 

47,282 

-

Auto loans

316 

46 

16 

378 

105,492 

105,870 

-

Direct finance leases

59 

79 

-

138 

15,314 

15,452 

(2)

-

Other

15 

1 

-

16 

5,618 

5,634 

-

Residential:

Real estate

29 

224 

1,006 

1,259 

165,905 

167,164 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

17,770 

17,770 

-

Total

$

681 

$

685 

$

3,674 

$

5,040 

$

748,370 

$

753,410 

$

-

(1) Includes non-accrual loans. (2) Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.9 million. (3) Includes net deferred loan costs of $3.0 million.

Impaired loans

Impaired loans, segregated by class, as of the period indicated are detailed below:

Recorded

Recorded

Unpaid

investment

investment

Total

principal

with

with no

recorded

Related

(dollars in thousands)

balance

allowance

allowance

investment

allowance

December 31, 2020

Commercial and industrial

$

688 

$

549 

$

41 

$

590 

$

213 

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

2,960 

1,677 

1,171 

2,848 

481 

Owner occupied

2,058 

1,219 

473 

1,692 

309 

Consumer:

Home equity installment

106 

-

61 

61 

-

Home equity line of credit

443 

105 

290 

395 

48 

Auto loans

50 

27 

-

27 

4 

Residential:

Real estate

774 

559 

168 

727 

151 

Total

$

7,079 

$

4,136 

$

2,204 

$

6,340 

$

1,206 

Recorded

Recorded

Unpaid

investment

investment

Total

principal

with

with no

recorded

Related

(dollars in thousands)

balance

allowance

allowance

investment

allowance

December 31, 2019

Commercial and industrial

$

336 

$

336 

$

-

$

336 

$

221 

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

1,047 

333 

591 

924 

232 

Owner occupied

2,336 

1,052 

972 

2,024 

194 

Consumer:

Home equity installment

106 

-

65 

65 

-

Home equity line of credit

362 

88 

206 

294 

87 

Auto loans

32 

-

16 

16 

-

Residential:

-

Real estate

1,053 

678 

328 

1,006 

174 

Total

$

5,272 

$

2,487 

$

2,178 

$

4,665 

$

908 

At December 31, 2020, impaired loans totaled $6.3 million consisting of $2.5 million in accruing TDRs and $3.8 million in non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2019, impaired loans totaled $4.7 million consisting of $1.0 million in accruing TDRs and $3.7 million in non-accrual loans. As of December 31, 2020, the non-accrual loans included four TDRs to three

83


unrelated borrowers totaling $0.7 million compared with two TDRs to two unrelated borrowers totaling $0.6 million as of December 31, 2019.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events; it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting payments when due. The significance of payment delays and/or shortfalls is determined on a case-by-case basis. All circumstances surrounding the loan are considered. Such factors include the length of the delinquency, the underlying reasons and the borrower’s prior payment record. Impairment is measured on these loans on a loan-by-loan basis. Impaired loans include non-accrual loans, TDRs and other loans deemed to be impaired based on the aforementioned factors.

The following table presents the average recorded investments in impaired loans and related amount of interest income recognized during the periods indicated below. The average balances are calculated based on the quarter-end balances of impaired loans. Payments received from non-accruing impaired loans are first applied against the outstanding principal balance, then to the recovery of any charged-off amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of interest income. Payments received from accruing impaired loans are applied to principal and interest, as contractually agreed upon.

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Cash basis

Cash basis

Average

Interest

interest

Average

Interest

interest

recorded

income

income

recorded

income

income

(dollars in thousands)

investment

recognized

recognized

investment

recognized

recognized

Commercial and industrial

$

404 

$

1 

$

-

$

226 

$

1 

$

-

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

1,939 

96 

-

914 

185 

-

Owner occupied

1,848 

48 

-

2,504 

40 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

-

-

Consumer:

Home equity installment

53 

-

-

129 

2 

-

Home equity line of credit

368 

-

-

184 

-

-

Auto Loans

51 

2 

-

39 

-

-

Other

-

-

-

-

-

-

Residential:

Real estate

819 

-

-

1,212 

19 

-

Total

$

5,482 

$

147 

$

-

$

5,208 

$

247 

$

-

The average recorded investment for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $6.7 million. There was also interest income recognized of $437 thousand and cash basis interest income recognized of $0.

Credit Quality Indicators

Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate

The Company utilizes a loan grading system and assigns a credit risk grade to its loans in the C&I and CRE portfolios. The grading system provides a means to measure portfolio quality and aids in the monitoring of the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The credit risk grades are arrived at using a risk rating matrix to assign a grade to each of the loans in the C&I and CRE portfolios.

The following is a description of each risk rating category the Company uses to classify each of its C&I and CRE loans:

Pass

Loans in this category have an acceptable level of risk and are graded in a range of one to five. Secured loans generally have good collateral coverage. Current financial statements reflect acceptable balance sheet ratios, sales and earnings trends. Management is competent, and a reasonable succession plan is evident. Payment experience on the loans has been good with minor or no delinquency experience. Loans with a grade of one are of the highest quality in the range. Those graded five are of marginally acceptable quality.

Special Mention

Loans in this category are graded a six and may be protected but are potentially weak. They constitute a credit risk to the Company but have not yet reached the point of adverse classification. Some of the following conditions may exist: little or no collateral coverage; lack of current financial information; delinquency problems; highly leveraged; available financial information reflects poor balance sheet ratios and profit and loss statements reflect uncertain trends; and document exceptions. Cash flow may not be sufficient to support total debt service requirements.

84


Substandard

Loans in this category are graded a seven and have a well-defined weakness which may jeopardize the ultimate collectability of the debt. The collateral pledged may be lacking in quality or quantity. Financial statements may indicate insufficient cash flow to service the debt; and/or do not reflect a sound net worth. The payment history indicates chronic delinquency problems. Management is weak. There is a distinct possibility that the Company may sustain a loss. All loans on non-accrual are rated substandard. Other loans that are included in the substandard category can be accruing, as well as loans that are current or past due. Loans 90 days or more past due, unless otherwise fully supported, are classified substandard. Also, borrowers that are bankrupt or have loans categorized as TDRs can be graded substandard.

Doubtful

Loans in this category are graded an eight and have a better than 50% possibility of the Company sustaining a loss, but the loss cannot be determined because of specific reasonable factors which may strengthen credit in the near-term. Many of the weaknesses present in a substandard loan exist. Liquidation of collateral, if any, is likely. Any loan graded lower than an eight is uncollectible and charged-off.

Consumer and residential

The consumer and residential loan segments are regarded as homogeneous loan pools and as such are not risk rated. For these portfolios, the Company utilizes payment activity and history in assessing performance. Non-performing loans are comprised of non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and accruing. All loans not classified as non-performing are considered performing.

The following table presents loans including $1.7 million and $3.0 million of deferred costs, segregated by class, categorized into the appropriate credit quality indicator category as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

Commercial credit exposure

Credit risk profile by creditworthiness category

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Originated Loans

Commercial and industrial

$

249,451 

$

4,162 

$

3,664 

$

-

$

257,277 

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

93,784 

5,522 

5,347 

-

104,653 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

125,569 

2,992 

7,744 

-

136,305 

Commercial real estate - construction

2,732 

1,233 

-

-

3,965 

Total originated loans

471,536 

13,909 

16,755 

-

502,200 

Acquired Loans

Commercial and industrial

23,438 

-

42 

-

23,480 

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

85,527 

923 

1,040 

-

87,490 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

42,304 

249 

1,065 

-

43,618 

Commercial real estate - construction

5,903 

-

363 

-

6,266 

Total acquired loans

157,172 

1,172 

2,510 

-

160,854 

Total Loans

Commercial and industrial

272,889 

4,162 

3,706 

-

280,757 

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

179,311 

6,445 

6,387 

-

192,143 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

167,873 

3,241 

8,809 

-

179,923 

Commercial real estate - construction

8,635 

1,233 

363 

-

10,231 

Total commercial

$

628,708 

$

15,081 

$

19,265 

$

-

$

663,054 


85


Consumer & Mortgage lending credit exposure

Credit risk profile based on payment activity

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Performing

Non-performing

Total

Consumer

Originated Loans

Home equity installment

$

34,500 

$

61 

$

34,561 

Home equity line of credit

44,536 

395 

44,931 

Auto loans

98,165 

27 

98,192 

Direct finance leases (1)

18,875 

61 

18,936 

Other

7,411 

-

7,411 

Total originated loans

203,487 

544 

204,031 

Acquired Loans

Home equity installment

5,586 

-

5,586 

Home equity line of credit

4,794 

-

4,794 

Auto loans

194 

-

194 

Other

191 

-

191 

Total acquired loans

10,765 

-

10,765 

Total Loans and Leases

Home equity installment

40,086 

61 

40,147 

Home equity line of credit

49,330 

395 

49,725 

Auto loans

98,359 

27 

98,386 

Direct finance leases (1)

18,875 

61 

18,936 

Other

7,602 

-

7,602 

Total consumer

214,252 

544 

214,796 

Residential

Originated Loans

Real estate

179,687 

727 

180,414 

Construction

23,117 

-

23,117 

Total originated loans

202,804 

727 

203,531 

Acquired Loans

Real estate

38,031 

-

38,031 

Construction

240 

-

240 

Total acquired loans

38,271 

-

38,271 

Total Loans

Real estate

217,718 

727 

218,445 

Construction

23,357 

-

23,357 

Total residential

241,075 

727 

241,802 

Total consumer & residential

$

455,327 

$

1,271 

$

456,598 

(1)Net of unearned lease revenue of $1.2 million.

Commercial credit exposure

Credit risk profile by creditworthiness category

December 31, 2019

(dollars in thousands)

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial and industrial

$

115,585 

$

2,061 

$

4,948 

$

-

$

122,594 

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

92,016 

1,360 

6,425 

-

99,801 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

121,887 

2,065 

6,606 

-

130,558 

Commercial real estate - construction

3,687 

17 

950 

-

4,654 

Total commercial

$

333,175 

$

5,503 

$

18,929 

$

-

$

357,607 


86


Consumer & Mortgage lending credit exposure

Credit risk profile based on payment activity

December 31, 2019

(dollars in thousands)

Performing

Non-performing

Total

Consumer

Home equity installment

$

36,566 

$

65 

$

36,631 

Home equity line of credit

46,988 

294 

47,282 

Auto loans

105,854 

16 

105,870 

Direct finance leases (2)

15,452 

-

15,452 

Other

5,634 

-

5,634 

Total consumer

210,494 

375 

210,869 

Residential

Real estate

166,158 

1,006 

167,164 

Construction

17,770 

-

17,770 

Total residential

183,928 

1,006 

184,934 

Total consumer & residential

$

394,422 

$

1,381 

$

395,803 

(2) Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.9 million.

Allowance for loan losses

Management continually evaluates the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and performs a formal review of the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of the amount of credit losses in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment is based on the evaluation of individual loans, experience, the assessment of current economic conditions and other relevant factors including the amounts and timing of cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans. Those estimates may be susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged directly against the allowance when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries from previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance when received.

Management applies two primary components during the loan review process to determine proper allowance levels. The two components are a specific loan loss allocation for loans that are deemed impaired and a general loan loss allocation for those loans not specifically allocated. The methodology to analyze the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;

identification of specific loans that are not impaired, but have an identified potential for loss;

calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;

determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;

application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation;

application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio.

Qualitative factor adjustments include:

olevels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;

olevels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;

otrends in volume and terms of loans;

ochanges in risk selection and underwriting standards;

ochanges in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;

oexperience, ability and depth of lending management;

onational and local economic trends and conditions; and

ochanges in credit concentrations.

Allocation of the allowance for different categories of loans is based on the methodology as explained above. A key element of the methodology to determine the allowance is the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual C&I and CRE loans. C&I and CRE loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management feels an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The credit risk grades for the C&I and CRE loan portfolios are considered in the reserve methodology and loss factors are applied based upon the credit risk grades. The loss factors applied are based upon the Company’s historical experience as well as what we believe to be best practices and common industry standards. Historical experience reveals there is a direct correlation between the credit risk grades and loan charge-offs. The changes in allocations in the C&I and CRE loan portfolio from period to period are based upon the credit risk grading system and from periodic reviews of the loan portfolio. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect

87


management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies.

Each quarter, management performs an assessment of the allowance. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets quarterly, and the applicable lenders discuss each relationship under review and reach a consensus on the appropriate estimated loss amount, if applicable, based on current accounting guidance. The Special Assets Committee’s focus is on ensuring the pertinent facts are considered regarding not only loans considered for specific reserves, but also the collectability of loans that may be past due in payment. The assessment process also includes the review of all loans on a non-accruing basis as well as a review of certain loans to which the lenders or the Company’s Credit Administration function have assigned a criticized or classified risk rating.

The Company’s policy is to charge-off unsecured consumer loans when they become 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. In the other portfolio segments, amounts are charged-off at the point in time when the Company deems the balance, or a portion thereof, to be uncollectible.

Information related to the change in the allowance for loan losses and the Company’s recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment as of the period indicated is as follows:

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

Beginning balance

$

1,484 

$

3,933 

$

2,013 

$

2,278 

$

39 

$

9,747 

Charge-offs

(372)

(465)

(296)

(35)

-

(1,168)

Recoveries

26 

30 

120 

197 

-

373 

Provision

1,269 

2,885 

715 

341 

40 

5,250 

Ending balance

$

2,407 

$

6,383 

$

2,552 

$

2,781 

$

79 

$

14,202 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

213 

$

790 

$

52 

$

151 

$

-

$

1,206 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,194 

$

5,593 

$

2,500 

$

2,630 

$

79 

$

12,996 

Loans Receivables:

Ending balance (2)

$

280,757 

$

382,297 

$

214,796 

(1)

$

241,802 

$

-

$

1,119,652 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

590 

$

4,540 

$

483 

$

727 

$

-

$

6,340 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

280,167 

$

377,757 

$

214,313 

$

241,075 

$

-

$

1,113,312 

(1) Net of unearned lease revenue of $1.2 million. (2) Includes $1.7 million of net deferred loan costs.

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2019

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

Beginning balance

$

1,432 

$

3,901 

$

2,548 

$

1,844 

$

22 

$

9,747 

Charge-offs

(184)

(597)

(398)

(330)

-

(1,509)

Recoveries

32 

317 

67 

8 

-

424 

Provision

204 

312 

(204)

756 

17 

1,085 

Ending balance

$

1,484 

$

3,933 

$

2,013 

$

2,278 

$

39 

$

9,747 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

221 

$

426 

$

87 

$

174 

$

-

$

908 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,263 

$

3,507 

$

1,926 

$

2,104 

$

39 

$

8,839 

Loans Receivables:

Ending balance (2)

$

122,594 

$

235,013 

$

210,869 

(1)

$

184,934 

$

-

$

753,410 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

336 

$

2,948 

$

375 

$

1,006 

$

-

$

4,665 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

122,258 

$

232,065 

$

210,494 

$

183,928 

$

-

$

748,745 

(1) Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.9 million. (2) Includes $3.0 million of net deferred loan costs.


88


As of and for the year ended December 31, 2018

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

Beginning balance

$

1,374 

$

4,060 

$

2,063 

$

1,608 

$

88 

$

9,193 

Charge-offs

(196)

(268)

(391)

(371)

-

(1,226)

Recoveries

77 

42 

211 

-

-

330 

Provision

177 

67 

665 

607 

(66)

1,450 

Ending balance

$

1,432 

$

3,901 

$

2,548 

$

1,844 

$

22 

$

9,747 

Direct finance leases

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and subsequent related updates to revise the accounting for leases. Lessor accounting was largely unchanged as a result of the standard. Additional disclosures required under the standard are included in this section and in Footnote 24, “Leases”.

The Company originates direct finance leases through two automobile dealerships. The carrying amount of the Company’s lease receivables, net of unearned income, was $6.0 million and $4.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The residual value of the direct finance leases is fully guaranteed by the dealerships. Residual values amounted to $12.9 million and $10.8 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are included in the carrying value of direct finance leases.

The undiscounted cash flows to be received on an annual basis for the direct finance leases are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

8,128

2022

4,848

2023

4,609

2024

2,385

2025

125

2026 and thereafter

-

Total future minimum lease payments receivable

20,095

Less: Unearned income

(1,159)

Undiscounted cash flows to be received

$

18,936

6.BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Components of bank premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

As of December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Land

$

3,655

$

2,865

Bank premises

19,788

14,123

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

13,728

12,523

Leasehold improvements

9,618

9,372

Construction in process

307

559

Total

47,096

39,442

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

(19,470)

(17,885)

Bank premises and equipment, net

$

27,626

$

21,557

Depreciation expense, which includes amortization of leasehold improvements, was $1.9 million, $1.5 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The estimated useful life was 40 years for bank premises, 3 to 7 years for furniture and fixtures and for leasehold improvements was the term of the lease.

During the first quarter of 2014, the Company received through foreclosure the deed that secured the collateral for a non-owner occupied commercial real estate loan that was on non-accrual status. The loan, in the amount $1.0 million, was

89


transferred from loans to foreclosed assets held-for-sale and then to bank premises. Currently the building has a tenant under a lease agreement expiring in January 2022, but the Company expects to use the property for future facility expansion.

7.DEPOSITS

The scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

Percent

2021

$

89,813

70.3

%

2022

26,438

20.7

2023

4,279

3.3

2024

2,735

2.2

2025

3,020

2.4

2026 and thereafter

1,457

1.1

Total

$

127,742

100.0

%

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more aggregated $69.0 million and $70.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more aggregated $41.1 million and $44.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, investment securities with a combined fair value of $392.4 million were available to be pledged as qualifying collateral to secure public deposits and trust funds. The Company required $224.1 million of the qualifying collateral to secure such deposits as of December 31, 2020 and the balance of $168.3 million was available for other pledging needs.

8.SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The components of short-term borrowings are summarized as follows:

As of December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Overnight borrowings

$

-

$

37,839

The maximum and average amounts of short-term borrowings outstanding and related interest rates as of the periods indicated are as follows:

Maximum

Weighted-

outstanding

average

at any

Average

rate during

Rate at

(dollars in thousands)

month end

outstanding

the year

year-end

December 31, 2020

Overnight borrowings

$

9,159

$

4,175

2.13

%

-

%

Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility

152,791

44,990

0.35

-

Total

$

161,950

$

49,165

 

December 31, 2019

Overnight borrowings

$

58,747

$

35,243

2.49

%

1.81

%

Total

$

58,747

$

35,243

 

December 31, 2018

Overnight borrowings

$

76,366

$

27,893

2.38

%

2.62

%

Repurchase agreements

22,202

9,666

0.16

-

Total

$

98,568

$

37,559

 

Overnight borrowings may include Fed funds purchased from correspondent banks, open repurchase agreements with the FHLB and borrowings at the Discount Window from the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (FRB). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, or repurchase agreements, are non-insured interest-bearing liabilities that have a perfected security interest in qualified investment securities of the Company. Repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company transferred all of the repurchase

90


agreement accounts to interest-bearing checking accounts. During the first half of 2020, the Company utilized the Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (PPPLF) to fund PPP lending. The PPPLF borrowings were paid off during the third quarter of 2020.

FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket lien on all commercial and residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $428.7 million available to borrow from the FHLB, $31.0 million from correspondent banks and approximately $91.0 million that it could borrow at the FRB.

9.FHLB ADVANCES

During the third quarter of 2018, the Company utilized $15.0 million in borrowings with the FHLB to purchase securities matching a spread expected to produce a suitable after-tax return. During 2020, the Company paid down $10.0 million of these FHLB advances.

The maturity and weighted-average interest rate of FHLB advances as of the periods indicated is as follows:

As of December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

Rate

2021

$

-

-

%

2022

-

-

2023

5,000

3.07

2024

-

-

2025

-

-

Total

$

5,000

3.07

%

10.STOCK PLANS

The Company has two stock-based compensation plans (the stock compensation plans) from which it can grant stock-based compensation awards and applies the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation provided under current accounting guidance. The guidelines require the cost of share-based payment transactions (including those with employees and non-employees) be recognized in the financial statements. The Company’s stock compensation plans were shareholder-approved and permit the grant of share-based compensation awards to its employees and directors. The Company believes that the stock-based compensation plans will advance the development, growth and financial condition of the Company by providing incentives through participation in the appreciation in the value of the Company’s common stock. In return, the Company hopes to secure, retain and motivate the employees and directors who are responsible for the operation and the management of the affairs of the Company by aligning the interest of its employees and directors with the interest of its shareholders. In the stock compensation plans, employees and directors are eligible to be awarded stock-based compensation grants which can consist of stock options (qualified and non-qualified), stock appreciation rights (SARs) and restricted stock.

At the 2012 annual shareholders’ meeting, the Company’s shareholders approved and the Company adopted the 2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan and the 2012 Director Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the 2012 stock incentive plans). Unless terminated by the Company’s board of directors, the 2012 stock incentive plans will expire on and no stock-based awards shall be granted after the year 2022.

In each of the 2012 stock incentive plans, the Company has reserved 750,000 shares of its no-par common stock for future issuance. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense over the requisite service or vesting period. During 2015, the Company created a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) that awarded restricted stock and stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs) to senior officers based on the attainment of performance goals. The service requirement was the participant’s continued employment throughout the LTIP with a three year vesting period. Under this plan, the restricted stock had a two year post vesting holding period requirement. The SSAR awards have a ten year term from the date of each grant.

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company approved a 1 year LTIP and awarded restricted stock and SSARs to senior officers and managers in February 2019 based on 2018 performance. Under this plan, the restricted stock had a two year post vesting holding period requirement. The SSAR awards have a ten year term from the date of each grant.

During the first quarter of 2020, the Company approved a 1 year LTIP and awarded restricted stock to senior officers and managers in February and March 2020 based on 2019 performance. During the second quarter of 2020, 500 shares of restricted stock were granted to one new employee after the merger.


91


The following table summarizes the weighted-average fair value and vesting of restricted stock grants awarded during 2020, 2019 and 2018 under the 2012 stock incentive plans:

2020

2019

2018

Weighted-

average

average

Shares

average grant

Shares

grant date

Shares

grant date

granted

date fair value

granted

fair value

granted

fair value

Director plan

6,000

(2)

$

56.63

5,600

(2)

$

54.69

8,400

(2)

$

49.50

Omnibus plan

11,761

(3)

55.06

7,251

(2)

54.69

10,800

(2)

45.83

Omnibus plan

50

(1)

57.62

50

(1)

58.08

50

(1)

49.50

Omnibus plan

500

(2)

34.02

-

-

-

-

Total

18,311

$

55.00

12,901

$

54.70

19,250

$

47.44

(1)Vest after 1 year (2) Vest after 3 years – 33% each year (3) Vest fully after 3 years

The fair value of the shares granted in 2020 was calculated using the grant date stock price.

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock as of and changes during the period indicated are presented in the following table:

2012 Stock incentive plans

Director

Omnibus

Total

Weighted- average grant date fair value

Non-vested balance at December 31, 2017

8,400

12,304

20,704

$

23.59

Granted

8,400

10,850

19,250

47.44

Vested

(4,200)

(5,794)

(9,994)

23.69

Non-vested balance at December 31, 2018

12,600

17,360

29,960

$

38.99

Granted

5,600

7,301

12,901

54.70

Forfeited

-

(126)

(126)

54.69

Vested

(7,000)

(8,574)

(15,574)

33.81

Non-vested balance at December 31, 2019

11,200

15,961

27,161

$

49.48

Granted

6,000

12,311

18,311

55.00

Vested

(7,798)

(7,597)

(15,395)

48.47

Non-vested balance at December 31, 2020

9,402

20,675

30,077

$

53.36

A summary of the status of the Company’s SSARs as of and changes during the period indicated are presented in the following table:

Awards

Weighted-average grant date fair value

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)

Outstanding December 31, 2017

53,360

$

4.20

8.5

Granted

38,941

13.73

10.0

Exercised

(3,051)

4.03

Forfeited

-

-

Outstanding December 31, 2018

89,250

$

8.36

8.2

Granted

11,073

16.79

10.0

Exercised

(3,059)

3.48

Forfeited

-

-

Outstanding December 31, 2019

97,264

$

9.47

7.5

Granted

-

-

-

Exercised

-

-

-

Forfeited

-

-

-

Outstanding December 31, 2020

97,264

$

9.47

6.5

Of the SSARs outstanding at December 31, 2020, 76,897 vested and were exercisable. SSARs vest over a three year period – 33% per year.

There were no SSARs exercised during 2020. During 2019, there were 3,059 SSARs exercised. The intrinsic value recorded for these SSARs was $10,631. The tax deduction realized from the exercise of these SSARs was $108,134 resulting in a tax

92


benefit of $22,708. During 2018, there were 3,051 SSARs exercised. The intrinsic value recorded for these SSARs was $12,288. The tax deduction realized from the exercise of these SSARs was $122,969 resulting in a tax benefit of $25,823.

Share-based compensation expense is included as a component of salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income. The following tables illustrate stock-based compensation expense recognized on non-vested equity awards during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Stock-based compensation expense:

Director stock incentive plan

$

434

$

240

$

237

Omnibus stock incentive plan

740

611

500

Employee stock purchase plan

27

107

143

Total stock-based compensation expense

$

1,201

$

958

$

880

In addition, during 2020, 2019 and 2018 the Company reversed accruals of ($0.1 million), ($0.1 million) and ($0.1 million) in stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock and SSARs to be awarded under the Omnibus Plan.

As of

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2020

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense:

Director plan

$

271

Omnibus plan

709

Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense

$

980

The unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2020 will be recognized ratably over the periods ended January 2023 and April 2023 for the Director Plan and the Omnibus Plan, respectively.

During the first quarter of 2018, there were 750 stock options exercised at a price of $18.50 per share. The intrinsic value of these stock options was $2,585. The tax deduction realized from the exercise of these options was $22,875 resulting in a tax benefit of $4,804. As of December 31, 2020, there were no stock options outstanding.

In addition to the 2012 stock incentive plans, the Company established the 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) and reserved 165,000 shares of its un-issued capital stock for issuance under the plan. The ESPP was designed to promote broad-based employee ownership of the Company’s stock and to motivate employees to improve job performance and enhance the financial results of the Company. Under the ESPP, participation is voluntary whereby employees use automatic payroll withholdings to purchase the Company’s capital stock at a discounted price based on the fair market value of the capital stock as measured on either the commencement or termination dates, as defined. As of December 31, 2020, 84,904 shares have been issued under the ESPP. The ESPP is considered a compensatory plan and is required to comply with the provisions of current accounting guidance. The Company recognizes compensation expense on its ESPP on the date the shares are purchased, and it is included as a component of salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company also established the dividend reinvestment plan (the DRP) for its shareholders. The DRP is designed to avail the Company’s stock at no transactional cost to its shareholders. Cash dividends paid to shareholders who are enrolled in the DRP plus voluntary cash deposits received can be used to purchase shares, directly from the Company, from shares that become available in the open market or in negotiated transactions with third parties. The Company has reserved 750,000 shares of its un-issued capital stock for issuance under the DRP. As of December 31, 2020, there were 591,730 shares available for future issuance.

11.INCOME TAXES

Pursuant to the accounting guidelines related to income taxes, the Company has evaluated its material tax positions as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Under the “more-likely-than-not” threshold guidelines, the Company believes no significant uncertain tax positions exist, either individually or in the aggregate, that would give rise to the non-recognition of an existing tax benefit. In periods subsequent to December 31, 2020, determinations of potentially adverse material tax positions will be evaluated to determine whether an uncertain tax position may have previously existed or has been originated. In the event an adverse tax position is determined to exist, penalty and interest will be accrued, in accordance with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) guidelines, and will be recorded as a component of other expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

As of December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate. Also, there were no penalties and interest recognized in the consolidated statements of income in 2020, 2019 and 2018 as a result of management’s evaluation of whether an uncertain tax position may exist nor does the Company foresee a change in its material tax positions that would give rise to the non-recognition of an existing tax benefit during the forthcoming twelve months. Tax returns filed with the IRS are subject to review by law under a three-year statute

93


of limitations. The Company has not received notification from the IRS regarding adverse tax issues for the current year or from tax returns filed for tax years 2019, 2018 or 2017.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The bill reduced the Company’s federal corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.

The following temporary differences gave rise to the net deferred tax liability, a component of other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, as of the periods indicated:

As of December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses

$

2,936

$

2,047

Deferred interest from non-accrual assets

206

149

Operating lease liabilities

1,605

1,377

Acquisition accounting

479

-

Other

594

556

Total

5,820

4,129

Deferred tax liabilities:

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

(2,380)

(958)

Loan fees and costs

(1,013)

(1,248)

Automobile leasing

(4,287)

(3,463)

Operating lease right-of-use assets

(1,487)

(1,265)

Depreciation

(1,411)

(685)

Mortgage loan servicing rights

(278)

(211)

Total

(10,856)

(7,830)

Deferred tax liability, net

$

(5,036)

$

(3,701)

The components of the total provision for income taxes for the years indicated are as follows:

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Current

$

2,336

$

1,985

$

1,110

Deferred

(87)

341

1,019

Total provision for income taxes

$

2,249

$

2,326

$

2,129

The reconciliation between the expected statutory income tax and the actual provision for income taxes is as follows:

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Expected provision at the statutory rate

$

3,203

$

2,919

$

2,758

Tax-exempt income

(865)

(592)

(567)

Bank owned life insurance

(167)

(136)

(126)

Nondeductible interest expense

54

37

18

Nondeductible other expenses and other, net

(8)

98

43

Tax rate change adjustment

-

-

3

State income tax

32

-

-

Actual provision for income taxes

$

2,249

$

2,326

$

2,129

12.RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company has a defined contribution profit sharing 401(k) plan covering substantially all of its employees. The plan is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). Contributions to the plan approximated $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018.

13.FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidelines establish a framework for measuring and disclosing information about fair value measurements. The guidelines of fair value reporting instituted a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows:

94


Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument;

Level 3 - inputs are unobservable and are based on the Company’s own assumptions to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. Level 3 pricing for securities may also include unobservable inputs based upon broker-traded transactions.

A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company uses fair value to measure certain assets and, if necessary, liabilities on a recurring basis when fair value is the primary measure for accounting. Thus, the Company uses fair value for AFS securities. Fair value is used on a non-recurring basis to measure certain assets when adjusting carrying values to market values, such as impaired loans, other real estate owned (ORE) and other repossessed assets.

The following table represents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments:

December 31, 2020

Quoted prices

Significant

Significant

in active

other

other

Carrying

Estimated

markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

amount

fair value

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

69,346 

$

69,346 

$

69,346 

$

-

$

-

Available-for-sale debt securities

392,420 

392,420 

-

392,420 

-

Restricted investments in bank stock

2,813 

2,813 

-

2,813 

-

Loans and leases, net

1,105,450 

1,116,711 

-

-

1,116,711 

Loans held-for-sale

29,786 

30,858 

-

30,858 

-

Accrued interest receivable

5,712 

5,712 

-

5,712 

-

Financial liabilities:

Deposits with no stated maturities

1,381,722 

1,381,722 

-

1,381,722 

-

Time deposits

127,783 

128,200 

-

128,200 

-

FHLB advances

5,000 

5,348 

-

5,348 

-

Accrued interest payable

337 

337 

-

337 

-

December 31, 2019

Quoted prices

Significant

Significant

in active

other

other

Carrying

Estimated

markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

amount

fair value

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

15,663 

$

15,663 

$

15,663 

$

-

$

-

Available-for-sale debt securities

185,117 

185,117 

-

185,117 

-

FHLB stock

4,383 

4,383 

-

4,383 

-

Loans and leases, net

743,663 

735,657 

-

-

735,657 

Loans held-for-sale

1,643 

1,660 

-

1,660 

-

Accrued interest receivable

3,281 

3,281 

-

3,281 

-

Financial liabilities:

Deposits with no stated maturities

719,526 

719,526 

-

719,526 

-

Time deposits

116,211 

115,993 

-

115,993 

-

Short-term borrowings

37,839 

37,839 

-

37,839 

-

FHLB advances

15,000 

15,430 

-

15,430 

-

Accrued interest payable

644 

644 

-

644 

-

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments, as listed below, approximates their fair value. These instruments generally have limited credit exposure, no stated or short-term maturities, carry interest rates that approximate market and generally are recorded at amounts that are payable on demand:

Cash and cash equivalents;

95


Non-interest bearing deposit accounts;

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market accounts and

Short-term borrowings.

Securities: Fair values on investment securities are determined by prices provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions.

Originated loans and leases: The fair value of accruing loans is estimated by calculating the net present value of the future expected cash flows discounted using the exit price notion. The discount rate is based upon current offering rates, with an additional discount for expected potential charge-offs. Additionally, an environmental general credit risk adjustment is subtracted from the net present value to arrive at the total estimated fair value of the accruing loan portfolio.

The carrying value that fair value is compared to is net of the allowance for loan losses and since there is significant judgment included in evaluating credit quality, loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Non-accrual loans: Loans which the Company has measured as non-accruing are generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties. These loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value consists of loan balances less the valuation allowance.

Acquired loans: Acquired loans (performing and non-performing) are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values using Level 3 inputs. For more information on the calculation of the fair value of acquired loans, see Footnote 21, “Acquisition.”

Loans held-for-sale: The fair value of loans held-for-sale is estimated using rates currently offered for similar loans and is typically obtained from the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB).

Certificates of deposit: The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on discounted cash flows using rates which approximate market rates for deposits of similar maturities.

FHLB advances: Fair value is estimated using the rates currently offered for similar borrowings.

The following tables illustrate the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis segregated by hierarchy fair value levels as of the periods indicated:

Quoted prices

in active

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2020

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Available-for-sale securities:

Agency - GSE

$

45,447 

$

-

$

45,447 

$

-

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

199,713 

-

199,713 

-

MBS - GSE residential

147,260 

-

147,260 

-

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

392,420 

$

-

$

392,420 

$

-

Quoted prices

in active

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2019

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Available-for-sale securities:

Agency - GSE

$

6,159 

$

-

$

6,159 

$

-

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

54,718 

-

54,718 

-

MBS - GSE residential

124,240 

-

124,240 

-

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

185,117 

$

-

$

185,117 

$

-

Debt securities in the AFS portfolio are measured at fair value using market quotations provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions. Assets classified as Level 2 use valuation techniques that are common to bond valuations. That is, in active markets whereby bonds of similar characteristics frequently trade, quotes for similar assets are obtained.

96


There were no changes in Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of and for the periods ending December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table illustrates the financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis segregated by hierarchy fair value levels as of the periods indicated:

Quoted prices in

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

active markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

at December 31, 2020

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Impaired loans

$

2,930

$

-

$

-

$

2,930

Other real estate owned

182

-

-

182

Total

$

3,112

$

-

$

-

$

3,112

Quoted prices in

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

active markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

at December 31, 2019

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Impaired loans

$

1,579

$

-

$

-

$

1,579

Other real estate owned

350

-

-

350

Other repossessed assets

20

-

-

20

Total

$

1,949

$

-

$

-

$

1,949

From time-to-time, the Company may be required to record at fair value financial instruments on a non-recurring basis, such as impaired loans, ORE and other repossessed assets. These non-recurring fair value adjustments involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting on write downs of individual assets. The fair value of impaired loans was calculated using the value of the impaired loans with an allowance less the related allowance.

The following describes valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves, a component of the allowance for loan losses, and as such are carried at the lower of net recorded investment or the estimated fair value. Estimates of fair value of the collateral are determined based on a variety of information, including available valuations from certified appraisers for similar assets, present value of discounted cash flows and inputs that are estimated based on commonly used and generally accepted industry liquidation advance rates and estimates and assumptions developed by management.

Valuation techniques for impaired loans are typically determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral or may be determined through present value of discounted cash flows. Both techniques include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. The valuation technique may be adjusted by management for estimated liquidation expenses and qualitative factors such as economic conditions. If real estate is not the primary source of repayment, present value of discounted cash flows and estimates using generally accepted industry liquidation advance rates and other factors may be utilized to determine fair value.

At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the range of liquidation expenses and other valuation adjustments applied to impaired loans ranged from -27.04% and -70.66% and from -21.56% to -84.98%, respectively. The weighted average of liquidation expenses and other valuation adjustments applied to impaired loans amounted to -44.49% as of December 31, 2020 and -29.11% as of December 31, 2019, respectively. Due to the multitude of assumptions, many of which are subjective in nature, and the varying inputs and techniques used to determine fair value, the Company recognizes that valuations could differ across a wide spectrum of techniques employed. Accordingly, fair value estimates for impaired loans are classified as Level 3.

For ORE, fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying properties which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. Appraisals form the basis for determining the net realizable value from these properties. Net realizable value is the result of the appraised value less certain costs or discounts associated with liquidation which occurs in the normal course of business. Management’s assumptions may include consideration of the location and occupancy of the property, along with current economic conditions. Subsequently, as these properties are actively marketed, the estimated fair values may be periodically adjusted through incremental subsequent write-downs. These write-downs usually reflect decreases in estimated values resulting from sales price observations as well as changing economic and market conditions. At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the discounts applied to the appraised values of ORE ranged from -21.47% and -77.60% and from -26.94% and -89.48%, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, the weighted average of discount to the appraisal values of ORE amounted to -31.30% and -48.65%, respectively.

97


At December 31, 2020, there were no other repossessed assets. At December 31, 2019, other repossessed assets consisted of two automobiles, totaling $20 thousand. The Company refers to the National Automobile Dealers Association (NADA) guide to determine a vehicle’s fair value.

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments. Because of the nature of these instruments, the fair values of these off-balance sheet items are not material.

The notional amount of the Company’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk was as follows:

December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:

Commitments to extend credit

$

262,816

$

143,558

Standby letters of credit

3,946

7,287

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit

The Company’s exposure to credit loss from nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of fees. Since commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered necessary by the Company on extension of credit, is based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.

Financial standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are issued primarily to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. The Company’s performance under the guarantee is required upon presentation by the beneficiary of the financial standby letter of credit. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company was not required to recognize any liability in connection with the issuance of these financial standby letters of credit.

The following table summarizes outstanding financial letters of credit as of December 31, 2020:

More than

Less than

one year to

Over five

(dollars in thousands)

one year

five years

years

Total

Secured by:

Collateral

$

220

$

363

$

1,007

$

1,590

Bank lines of credit

799

136

-

935

Other

1,107

-

-

1,107

2,126

499

1,007

3,632

Unsecured

292

22

-

314

Total

$

2,418

$

521

$

1,007

$

3,946

The Company has not incurred losses on its commitments in 2020, 2019 or 2018.

14.EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed in the same manner as basic EPS but also reflects the potential dilution that could occur from the grant of stock-based compensation awards. The Company maintains two active share-based compensation plans that may generate additional potentially dilutive common shares. For granted and unexercised stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs), dilution would occur if Company-issued SSARs were exercised and converted into common stock. As of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were 24,644, 32,091 and 29,301 potentially dilutive shares related to issued and unexercised SSARs. For restricted stock, dilution would occur from the Company’s previously granted but unvested shares. There were 5,496, 10,720 and 13,893

98


potentially dilutive shares related to unvested restricted share grants as of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

In the computation of diluted EPS, the Company uses the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect of its granted but unexercised stock options and SSARs and unvested restricted stock. Under the treasury stock method, the assumed proceeds, as defined, received from shares issued in a hypothetical stock option exercise or restricted stock grant, are assumed to be used to purchase treasury stock. Proceeds include amounts received from the exercise of outstanding stock options and compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized in earnings. The Company does not consider awards from share-based grants in the computation of basic EPS.

The following table illustrates the data used in computing basic and diluted EPS for the years indicated:

2020

2019

2018

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

Basic EPS:

Net income available to common shareholders

$

13,035

$

11,576

$

11,006

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

4,586,224

3,779,582

3,752,704

Basic EPS

$

2.84

$

3.06

$

2.93

Diluted EPS:

Net income available to common shareholders

$

13,035

$

11,576

$

11,006

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

4,586,224

3,779,582

3,752,704

Potentially dilutive common shares

30,140

42,811

43,194

Weighted-average common and potentially dilutive shares outstanding

4,616,364

3,822,393

3,795,898

Diluted EPS

$

2.82

$

3.03

$

2.90

15.REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Under these guidelines, assets and certain off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets. The guidelines require all banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets (Total Risk Adjusted Capital) of 8%, including Tier I common equity to total risk-weighted assets (Tier I Common Equity) of 4.5%, Tier I capital to total risk-weighted assets (Tier I Capital) of 6% and Tier I capital to average total assets (Leverage Ratio) of at least 4%. A capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier I capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements of 2.50%. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.


99


The following table reflects the actual and required capital and the related capital ratios as of the periods indicated. No amounts were deducted from capital for interest-rate risk in either 2020 or 2019.

For capital adequacy

To be well capitalized

For capital

purposes with capital

under prompt corrective

Actual

adequacy purposes

conservation buffer*

action provisions

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2020:

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

161,199 

16.5%

$

78,356 

8.0%

$

102,842 

10.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

161,145 

16.5%

$

78,342 

8.0%

$

102,823 

10.5%

$

97,927 

10.0%

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

148,931 

15.2%

$

44,075 

4.5%

$

68,562 

7.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

148,879 

15.2%

$

44,067 

4.5%

$

68,549 

7.0%

$

63,653 

6.5%

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

148,931 

15.2%

$

58,767 

6.0%

$

83,253 

8.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

148,879 

15.2%

$

58,756 

6.0%

$

83,238 

8.5%

$

78,342 

8.0%

Tier I capital (to average assets)

Consolidated

$

148,931 

8.8%

$

67,584 

4.0%

$

67,584 

4.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

148,879 

8.8%

$

67,584 

4.0%

$

67,584 

4.0%

$

84,479 

5.0%

As of December 31, 2019:

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

111,910 

15.8%

$

56,796 

8.0%

$

74,545 

10.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

112,188 

15.8%

$

56,791 

8.0%

$

74,538 

10.5%

$

70,989 

10.0%

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

103,024 

14.5%

$

31,948 

4.5%

$

49,696 

7.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

103,303 

14.6%

$

31,945 

4.5%

$

49,692 

7.0%

$

46,143 

6.5%

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

103,024 

14.5%

$

42,597 

6.0%

$

60,346 

8.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

103,303 

14.6%

$

42,593 

6.0%

$

60,340 

8.5%

$

56,791 

8.0%

Tier I capital (to average assets)

Consolidated

$

103,024 

10.4%

$

39,650 

4.0%

$

39,650 

4.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

103,303 

10.3%

$

40,265 

4.0%

$

40,265 

4.0%

$

50,331 

5.0%

* The minimums under Basel III increased include the capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.

The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations and Pennsylvania law limit the amount of dividends that may be paid from the Bank to the Company without prior approval of regulatory agencies. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, approximately $103.5 million was available for dividend distribution from the Bank to the Company in 2020.


100


16.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the ordinary course of business, loans are made to executive officers, directors, greater than 5% shareholders and associates of such persons. These transactions are executed on substantially the same terms and at the rates prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others. These loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. A summary of loan activity with officers, directors, associates of such persons and shareholders who own more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares is as follows:

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Balance, beginning

$

6,765

$

6,542

$

6,497

Adjustments for changes in position

(1,063)

-

-

Additions

7,156

1,864

1,314

Collections

(2,973)

(1,641)

(1,269)

Balance, ending

$

9,885

$

6,765

$

6,542

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, deposits from executive officers and directors approximated $27.9 million, $14.8 million and $14.4 million, respectively.

17.QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of quarterly results of operations for the years indicated:

2020

First

Second

Third

Fourth

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

quarter

quarter

quarter

quarter

Total

Interest income

$

9,711

$

12,250

$

13,699

$

13,836

$

49,496

Interest expense

(1,705)

(1,429)

(1,163)

(1,014)

(5,311)

Net interest income

8,006

10,821

12,536

12,822

44,185

Provision for loan losses

(300)

(1,900)

(1,500)

(1,550)

(5,250)

Gain on sale of investment securities

-

-

-

115

115

Other income

2,755

2,708

4,370

4,720

14,553

Other expenses

(7,304)

(11,311)

(9,474)

(10,230)

(38,319)

Income before taxes

3,157

318

5,932

5,877

15,284

Provision for income taxes

(523)

(66)

(955)

(705)

(2,249)

Net income

$

2,634

$

252

$

4,977

$

5,172

$

13,035

Net income per share - basic

$

0.69

$

0.05

$

1.00

$

1.04

$

2.84

Net income per share - diluted

$

0.69

$

0.05

$

0.99

$

1.03

$

2.82

2019

First

Second

Third

Fourth

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

quarter

quarter

quarter

quarter

Total

Interest income

$

9,655

$

9,657

$

10,008

$

9,949

$

39,269

Interest expense

(1,745)

(1,863)

(2,008)

(1,938)

(7,554)

Net interest income

7,910

7,794

8,000

8,011

31,715

Provision for loan losses

(255)

(255)

(320)

(255)

(1,085)

Gain (loss) on sale of investment securities

(4)

-

(2)

20

14

Other income

2,461

2,489

2,634

2,595

10,179

Other expenses

(6,770)

(6,435)

(6,643)

(7,073)

(26,921)

Income before taxes

3,342

3,593

3,669

3,298

13,902

Provision for income taxes

(540)

(591)

(611)

(584)

(2,326)

Net income

$

2,802

$

3,002

$

3,058

$

2,714

$

11,576

Net income per share - basic

$

0.74

$

0.79

$

0.82

$

0.71

$

3.06

Net income per share - diluted

$

0.73

$

0.79

$

0.80

$

0.71

$

3.03


101


2018

First

Second

Third

Fourth

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

quarter

quarter

quarter

quarter

Total

Interest income

$

8,143

$

8,535

$

9,028

$

9,624

$

35,330

Interest expense

(884)

(1,012)

(1,317)

(1,660)

(4,873)

Net interest income

7,259

7,523

7,711

7,964

30,457

Provision for loan losses

(300)

(425)

(400)

(325)

(1,450)

Gain (loss) on write-down/sale of investment securities

(58)

107

5

-

54

Other income

2,341

2,264

2,278

2,263

9,146

Other expenses

(6,208)

(6,162)

(6,172)

(6,530)

(25,072)

Income before taxes

3,034

3,307

3,422

3,372

13,135

Provision for income taxes

(506)

(539)

(559)

(525)

(2,129)

Net income

$

2,528

$

2,768

$

2,863

$

2,847

$

11,006

Net income per share - basic

$

0.67

$

0.74

$

0.76

$

0.76

$

2.93

Net income per share - diluted

$

0.67

$

0.73

$

0.75

$

0.75

$

2.90

18.CONTINGENCIES

The nature of the Company’s business generates litigation involving matters arising in the ordinary course of business. However, in the opinion of management of the Company after consulting with the Company’s legal counsel, no legal proceedings are pending, which, if determined adversely to the Company or the Bank, would have a material effect on the Company’s shareholders’ equity or results of operations. No legal proceedings are pending other than ordinary routine litigation incident to the business of the Company and the Bank. In addition, to management’s knowledge, no government authorities have initiated or contemplated any material legal actions against the Company or the Bank.

19.RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (CECL). The amendments in this update require financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected, through an allowance for credit losses that is deducted from the amortized cost basis. Previously, when credit losses were measured under GAAP, an entity only considered past events and current conditions when measuring the incurred loss. The amendments in this update broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. An entity must use judgement in determining the relevant information and estimation methods that are appropriate under the circumstances. The amendments in this update also require that credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities be presented as an allowance for credit losses rather than a writedown.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, which clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of Topic 326. In December 2018, regulators issued a final rule related to regulatory capital (Regulatory Capital Rule: Implementation and Transition of the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology for Allowances and Related Adjustments to the Regulatory Capital Rule and Conforming Amendments to Other Regulations) which is intended to provide regulatory capital relief for entities transitioning to CECL. In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. As it relates to CECL, this guidance amends certain provisions contained in ASU 2016-13, particularly in regards to the inclusion of accrued interest in the definition of amortized cost, as well as clarifying that extension and renewal options that are not unconditionally cancelable by the entity that are included in the original or modified contract should be considered in the entity’s determination of expected credit losses.

The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, including interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 for public companies. Early adoption is permitted beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity will apply the amendments in this update through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption (modified-retrospective approach). Upon adoption, the change in this accounting guidance could result in an increase in the Company's allowance for loan losses and require the Company to record loan losses more rapidly. The Company has engaged the services of a qualified third-party service provider to assist management in estimating credit allowances under this standard and is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements. On October 16, 2019, the FASB decided to move forward with finalizing its proposal to defer the effective date for ASU 2016-13 for smaller reporting companies to fiscal years

102


beginning after December 31, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal periods. Since the Company currently meets the SEC definition of a smaller reporting company, the delay will be applicable to the Company.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this ASU remove certain disclosures from Topic 820, modify disclosures and/or require additional disclosures. We adopted this ASU on January 1, 2020 and the amendments in this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Footnote 13, “Fair Value Measurements” provides disclosures regarding fair value measurements of the Company’s financial instruments.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General (Subtopic 715-20). The amendments in this update change the disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020 for the Company. Early adoption is permitted. An entity should apply the amendments in this update on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. We do not expect this update to have a material impact on the Company’s disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) – Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments in this update provide temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The amendments in this update are elective and apply to all entities that have contracts that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The guidance includes a general principle that permits an entity to consider contract modifications due to reference rate reform to be an event that does not require contract remeasurement at the modification date or reassessment of a previous accounting determination. An optional expedient simplifies accounting for contract modifications to loans receivable and debt, by prospectively adjusting the effective interest rate. The amendments in ASU 2020-04 are effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company expects to apply the amendments prospectively for applicable loan and other contracts within the effective period of ASU 2020-04.

20.PARENT COMPANY ONLY

The following is the condensed financial information for Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. on a parent company only basis as of and for the years indicated:

Condensed Balance Sheets

As of December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Assets:

Cash

$

256

$

63

Investment in subsidiary

166,618

107,115

Other assets

180

107

Total

$

167,054

$

107,285

Liabilities and shareholders' equity:

Liabilities

$

384

$

449

Capital stock and retained earnings

157,718

103,234

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

8,952

3,602

Total

$

167,054

$

107,285

Condensed Income Statements

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Income:

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

$

9,934

$

8,839

$

9,273

Dividends from subsidiary

5,378

4,037

2,723

Gain on sale of investment securities

-

-

44

Other income

-

-

11

Total income

15,312

12,876

12,051

Operating expenses

2,779

1,598

1,269

Income before taxes

12,533

11,278

10,782

Credit for income taxes

502

298

224

Net income

$

13,035

$

11,576

$

11,006


103


Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Bancorp net loss

$

(2,277)

$

(1,300)

$

(990)

Equity in net income of subsidiary

15,312

12,876

11,996

Net income

13,035

11,576

11,006

Equity in other comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiary

5,350

4,697

(2,478)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

5,350

4,697

(2,478)

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

$

18,385

$

16,273

$

8,528

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

$

13,035

$

11,576

$

11,006

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operations:

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

(15,312)

(12,876)

(11,996)

Stock-based compensation expense

1,077

817

749

Deferred income tax

(84)

2

(60)

Gain on sale of investment securities

-

-

(44)

Changes in other assets and liabilities, net

71

137

12

Net cash used in operating activities

(1,213)

(344)

(333)

Cash flows provided by investing activities:

Dividends received from subsidiary

5,378

4,037

2,723

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

-

-

871

Operating dividend from subsidiary

1,129

-

-

Net cash acquired in acquisition

58

-

-

Net cash provided by investing activities

6,565

4,037

3,594

Cash flows used in financing activities:

Dividends paid, net of dividend reinvestment

(5,378)

(4,037)

(3,397)

Exercise of stock options

-

-

14

Withholdings to purchase capital stock

219

175

149

Net cash used in financing activities

(5,159)

(3,862)

(3,234)

Net change in cash

193

(169)

27

Cash, beginning

63

232

205

Cash, ending

$

256

$

63

$

232

21.ACQUISITION

On May 1, 2020, Fidelity D&D Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) completed its previously announced acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”) of Bangor, Pennsylvania. MNB was a one-bank holding company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and was headquartered in Bangor, PA. Its wholly owned subsidiary, founded in 1890, Merchants Bank of Bangor, was an independent community bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Merchants Bank conducted full-service commercial banking services through nine bank centers located in Northampton County, Pennsylvania. The acquisition expanded Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank’s full-service footprint into Northampton County, Pennsylvania, and the Lehigh Valley. The Company transacted the merger to complement the Company’s existing operations, while consistent with the Company’s strategic plan of enhancing long-term shareholder value. The fair value of total assets acquired as a result of the merger totaled $451.4 million, loans totaled $245.3 million and deposits totaled $395.6 million. Goodwill recorded in the merger was $6.8 million.

In accordance with the terms of the Reorganization Agreement, on May 1, 2020 each share of MNB common stock was converted into the right to receive 1.039 shares of the Company’s common stock. As a result of the merger, the Company issued 1,176,970 shares of its common stock, valued at $45.4 million, and cash in exchange for fractional shares based upon $43.77, the determined market price of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the Reorganization Agreement. The

104


results of the combined entity’s operations are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of acquisition. The acquisition of MNB is being accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and consideration paid were recorded at estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid for MNB and the fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:

Purchase Price Consideration in Common Stock

MNB shares outstanding

1,132,873

Exchange ratio

1.039

Total FDBC shares

1,177,055

Shares paid in cash for fractional shares

84.71

Cash consideration (per MNB share)

$

43.77

Cash portion of purchase price (cash in lieu of fractional shares)

$

3,708

Total FDBC shares issued

1,176,970

FDBC’s share price for purposes of calculation

$

38.58

Equity portion of purchase price

$

45,407,503

Total consideration paid

$

45,411,210

Allocation of Purchase Price

In thousands    

Total Purchase Price

$

45,411

Estimated Fair Value of Assets Acquired

Cash and cash equivalents

53,004

Investment securities

123,420

Loans held for sale

604

Loans

244,679

Restricted investments in bank stock

692

Premises and equipment

6,907

Core deposit intangible asset

1,973

Other assets

13,264

Total assets acquired

444,543

Estimated Fair Value of Liabilities Assumed

Non-interest bearing deposits

118,822

Interest bearing deposits

276,816

FHLB borrowings

7,627

Other liabilities

2,710

Total liabilities assumed

405,975

Net Assets Acquired

38,568

Goodwill Recorded in Acquisition

$

6,843

105


Pursuant to the accounting requirements, the Corporation assigned a fair value to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of MNB. ASC 820 defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.”

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of MNB were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates using information available at the date of the acquisition and are subject to adjustment for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition. While the fair values are not expected to be materially different from the estimates, any material adjustments to the estimates will be reflected, retroactively, as of the date of the acquisition. The items most susceptible to adjustment are the fair value adjustments on loans, core deposit intangible and the deferred income tax assets resulting from the acquisition. Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows:

Investment securities available-for-sale

The estimated fair values of the investment securities available for sale, primarily comprised of U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government agencies and municipal bonds, were determined using Level 1 and Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values were determined using executable market bids or independent pricing services. The Corporation’s independent pricing service utilized matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific security but rather relying on the security’s relationship to other benchmark quoted prices. Management reviewed the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities. A fair value premium of $3.9 million was recorded and will be amortized over the estimated life of the investments using the interest rate method.

Loans

Acquired loans (performing and non-performing) are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values using Level 3 inputs. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgments as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, collateral values, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Specifically, the Corporation has prepared three separate loan fair value adjustments that it believed a market participant might employ in estimating the entire fair value adjustment necessary under ASC 820-10 for the acquired loan portfolio. The three-separate fair valuation methodology employed are: 1) an interest rate loan fair value adjustment, 2) a general credit fair value adjustment, and 3) a specific credit fair value adjustment for purchased credit impaired loans subject to ASC 310-30 procedures. The acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date without carryover of MNB’s previously established allowance for loan losses. The fair value of the financial assets acquired included loans receivable with a gross amortized cost basis of $250.3 million.

The table below illustrates the fair value adjustments made to the amortized cost basis in order to present the fair value of the loans acquired. The credit adjustment on purchased credit impaired loans is derived in accordance with ASC 310-30 and represents the portion of the loan balances that has been deemed uncollectible based on the Corporation’s expectations of future cash flows for each respective loan.

Dollars in thousands

Gross amortized cost basis at April 30, 2020

$

250,347

Interest rate fair value adjustment on pools of homogeneous loans

3,335

Credit fair value adjustment on pools of homogeneous loans

(6,863)

Credit fair value adjustment on purchased credit impaired loans

(1,536)

Fair value of acquired loans at April 30, 2020

$

245,283

For loans acquired without evidence of credit quality deterioration, the Company prepared the interest rate loan fair value and credit fair value adjustments. Loans were grouped into homogeneous pools by characteristics such as loan type, term, collateral, and rate. Market rates for similar loans were obtained from various internal and external data sources and reviewed by management for reasonableness. The average of these rates was used as the fair value interest rate a market participant would utilize. A present value approach was utilized to calculate the interest rate fair value premium of $3.3 million. Additionally, for loans acquired without credit deterioration, a credit fair value adjustment was calculated using a two-part credit fair value analysis: 1) expected lifetime credit migration losses; and 2) estimated fair value adjustment for certain qualitative factors. The expected lifetime losses were calculated using historical losses observed by the Company, MNB and peer banks. The Company also estimated an environmental factor to apply to each loan type. The environmental factor represents the potential discount which may arise due to general credit and economic factors. A credit fair value discount of $6.9 million was determined. Both the interest rate and credit fair value adjustments relate to loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration will be substantially recognized as interest income on a level yield amortization method over the expected life of the loans.


106


The following table presents the acquired purchased credit impaired loans receivable at the acquisition date:

Dollars in thousands

Contractual principal and interest at acquisition

$

3,778

Nonaccretable difference

(2,214)

Expected cash flows at acquisition

1,564

Accretable yield

(248)

Fair value of purchased impaired loans

$

1,316

The Company assumed leases on 4 branch facilities of MNB. The Company prepared an internal analysis to compare the lease contract obligations to comparable market rental rates. The Company believed that the leased contract rates were in a reasonable range of market rental rates and concluded that no fair market value adjustment related to leasehold interest was necessary. The fair value of MNB’s buildings, and improvements, was determined by the Company that the book value will be used as a proxy for fair value therefore no fair value adjustment is warranted.

Core Deposit Intangible

The fair value of the core deposit intangible was determined based on a discounted cash flow (present value) analysis using a discount rate commensurate with market participants. To calculate cash flows, deposit account servicing costs (net of deposit fee income) and interest expense on deposits were compared to the higher cost of alternative funding sources available through national brokered CD offering rates and FHLB advance rates. The projected cash flows were developed using projected deposit attrition rates based on the average rate experienced by both institutions. The core deposit intangible will be amortized over ten years using the sum-of-years digits method.

Time Deposits

The fair value adjustment for time deposits represents a discount from the value of the contractual repayments of fixed maturity deposits using prevailing market interest rates for similar-term time deposits. The time deposit premium is being amortized into income on a level yield amortization method over the contractual life of the deposits.

FHLB Borrowings

The Company assumed FHLB borrowings in connection with the merger. The fair value of FHLB Borrowings was determined by using FHLB prepayment penalty as a proxy for the fair value adjustment. The Company decided to pay off the borrowing post acquisition date therefore no amortization is warranted.

Merger-related expenses

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred merger-related expenses totaling $2.5 million, primarily consisting of professional fees, salaries and employee benefits and data processing fees.

Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information

The following table presents certain unaudited pro forma financial information for illustrative purposes only, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as if MNB had been acquired on January 1, 2019. This unaudited pro forma information combines the historical results of MNB with the Corporation’s consolidated historical results and includes certain adjustments reflecting the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments for the respective periods. The pro forma information is not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the year prior to the acquisition. The unaudited pro forma information does not consider any changes to the provision expense resulting from recording loan assets at fair value, cost savings or business synergies. As a result, actual amounts would have differed from the unaudited pro forma information presented and the differences could be significant.

Years ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Net interest income

$

48,812

$

46,199

Other income

14,387

11,966

Total net interest income and other income

$

63,199

$

58,165

Net income

14,272

16,035

Basic earnings per common share

$

2.87

$

3.24

Diluted earnings per common share

$

2.85

$

3.21

107


Pending Acquisition

In February 2021, the Company announced the execution of an agreement and plan of reorganization to acquire Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (“Landmark”) in a transaction valued on February 25, 2021 at $43.4 million. Under the terms of the agreement, Landmark shareholders will receive as consideration 0.272 shares of Fidelity common stock and $3.26 in cash for each share of Landmark common stock that they own as of the closing date. Landmark is the holding company of Landmark Community Bank (“Landmark Bank”) which operates 5 retail community banking offices in Northeastern Pennsylvania. Subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, Landmark will merge with and into an acquisition subsidiary of the Company and Landmark Bank will merge with and into the Bank. The merger which is subject to approval of Landmark’s shareholders, regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions, is currently expected to close in the third quarter of 2021. The Company expects to incur $3.7 million in non-recurring costs to facilitate the anticipated merger and integrate systems in 2021.

22.EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

The Company has purchased single premium BOLI policies on certain officers. The policies are recorded at their cash surrender values. Increases in cash surrender values are included in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. In March 2019, the Company purchased an additional $2.0 million of BOLI. As a result of the acquisition, the Company added BOLI with a value of $9.3 million. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company purchased an additional $11.0 million of BOLI. The policies’ cash surrender value totaled $44.3 million and $23.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and is reflected as an asset on the consolidated balance sheets. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has recorded income of $794 thousand and $647 thousand, respectively.

Officer Life Insurance

In 2017, the Bank entered into separate split dollar life insurance arrangements (Split Dollar Agreements) with eleven officers. This plan provides each officer a specified death benefit should the officer die while in the Bank’s employ. The Bank paid the insurance premiums in March 2017 and the arrangements were effective in March 2017. In March 2019, the Bank entered into a new Split Dollar Agreement with one officer. In January 2021, the Bank entered into Split Dollar Agreements with fifteen officers. The Bank owns the policies and all cash values thereunder. Upon death of the covered employee, the agreed-upon amount of death proceeds from the policies will be paid directly to the insured’s beneficiary. As of December 31, 2020, the policies had total death benefits of $33.3 million of which $4.4 million would have been paid to the officer’s beneficiaries and the remaining $28.9 million would have been paid to the Bank. In addition, four executive officers have the opportunity to retain a split dollar benefit equal to two times their highest base salary after separation from service if the vesting requirements are met. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company accrued expenses of $154 thousand and $107 thousand for the split dollar benefit.

Supplemental Executive Retirement plan (SERP)

On March 29, 2017, the Bank entered into separate supplemental executive retirement agreements (individually the “SERP Agreement”) with five officers, pursuant to which the Bank will credit an amount to a SERP account established on each participant’s behalf while they are actively employed by the Bank for each calendar month from March 1, 2017 until retirement. On March 20, 2019, the Bank entered into a SERP Agreement with one officer, pursuant to which the Bank will credit an amount to a SERP account established for the participant’s behalf while they are actively employed by the Bank for each calendar month from March 1, 2019 until normal retirement age. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company accrued expenses of $2.0 million and $1.4 million in connection with the SERP.

23.REVENUE RECOGNITION

As of January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and all subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 606. The Company has elected to use the modified retrospective approach with prior period financial statements unadjusted and presented with historical revenue recognition methods. The implementation of the new standard had no material impact on the measurement or recognition of revenue; as such, a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings was not deemed necessary.

The majority of the Company’s revenues are generated through interest earned on securities and loans, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of the guidance. In addition, certain non-interest income streams such as fees associated with mortgage servicing rights, loan service charges, life insurance earnings, rental income and gains/losses on the sale of loans and securities are not in the scope of the new guidance. The main types of contracts with customers that are in the scope of the new guidance are:

Service charges on deposit accounts – Deposit service charges represent fees charged by the Company for the performance obligation of providing services to a customer’s deposit account. The transaction price for deposit services includes both fixed and variable amounts based on the Company’s fee schedules. Revenue is recognized and payment is received either at a point in time for transactional fees or on a monthly basis for non-transactional fees.

108


Interchange fees – Interchange fees represent fees charged by the Company for customers using debit cards. The contract is between the Company and the processor and the performance obligation is the ability of customers to use debit cards to make purchases at a point in time. The transaction price is a percentage of debit card usage and the processor pays the Company and revenue is recorded throughout the month as the performance obligations are being met.

Fees from trust fiduciary activities – Trust fees represent fees charged by the Company for the management, custody and/or administration of trusts. These are mostly monthly fees based on the market value of assets in the trust account at the prior month end. Payment is generally received a few weeks after month end through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. Estate fees are recognized and charged as the Company reaches each of six different stages of the estate administration process.

Fees from financial services – Financial service fees represent fees charged by the Company for the performance obligation of providing various services for an investment account. Revenue is recognized twice monthly for fees on sales transactions and on a monthly basis for advisory fees and quarterly for trail fees.

Gain/loss on ORE sales – Gain/loss on the sale of ORE is recognized at the closing date when the sales proceeds are received. In seller-financed ORE transactions, the contract is made subject to our normal underwriting standards and pricing. The Company does not have any obligation or right to repurchase any sales of ORE.

Contract balances

A contract asset balance occurs when an entity performs a service for a customer before the customer pays consideration (resulting in a contract receivable) or before the payment is due (resulting in a contract asset). A contract liability balance is an entity’s obligation to transfer a service to a customer for which the entity already received payment (or payment is due) from the customer. The Company’s non-interest income streams are largely based on transactional activity, or standard month-end revenue accruals such as asset management fees based on month-end market values. Consideration is often received immediately or shortly after the Company satisfies its performance obligation and revenue is recognized. The Company typically does not enter into long-term revenue contracts with customers, and therefore, does not experience significant contract balances. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have any significant contract balances.

Remaining performance obligations

The Company’s performance obligations have an original expected duration of less than one year and follow the relevant guidance for recognizing revenue over time. There is no variable consideration subject to constraint that is not included in information about transaction price.

Contract acquisition costs

In connection with the adoption of Topic 606, an entity is required to capitalize and subsequently amortize into expense, certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract if these costs are expected to be recovered. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that an entity incurs to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained (for example, sales commission). The Company utilizes the practical expedient which allows entities to immediately expense contract acquisition costs when the asset that would have resulted from capitalizing these costs would have been amortized in one year or less. Upon adoption of Topic 606, the Company did not capitalize any contract acquisition costs.

24.LEASES

ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. For all operating lease contracts where the Company is lessee, a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability was recorded as of the effective date. The Company assumed all renewal terms will be exercised when calculating the ROU assets and lease liabilities. For leases existing at the transition date, any prepaid or deferred rent was added to the ROU asset to calculate the lease liability. The discount rate used to calculate the present value of future payments at the transition date was the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The Company used the FHLB fixed rate borrowing rates on December 29, 2018 as the discount rate at transition. For all classes of underlying assets, the Company has elected not to record short-term leases (leases with a term of 12 months or less) on the balance sheet when the Company is lessee. Instead, the Company will recognize the lease payment on a straight-line basis over the lease term and variable lease payments in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. For all asset classes, the Company has elected, as a lessee, not to separate nonlease components from lease components and instead to account for each separate lease component and nonlease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component.

Management determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception. If an arrangement is determined to be or contains a lease, the Company recognizes a ROU asset and a lease liability when the asset is placed in service.

The Company’s operating leases, where the Company is lessee, include property, land and equipment. As of December 31, 2020, ten of the Company’s branch properties were leased under operating leases. In four of the branch leases, the Company leases the land from an unrelated third party, and the buildings are the Company’s own capital improvement. The Company

109


also leases three standalone ATMs under operating leases. Additionally, the Company has four equipment leases classified as finance leases.

The following is an analysis of the leased property under finance leases:

Asset Balance at December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Equipment

$

485

$

397

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

(202)

(117)

Leased property under finance leases, net

$

283

$

280

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2020:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

101

2022

101

2023

74

2024

17

2025

8

2026 and thereafter

-

Total minimum lease payments (a)

301

Less amount representing interest (b)

(10)

Present value of net minimum lease payments

$

291

(a)The future minimum lease payments have not been reduced by estimated executory costs (such as taxes and maintenance) since this amount was deemed immaterial by management.

(b)Amount necessary to reduce net minimum lease payments to present value calculated at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate upon lease inception.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company leased its Green Ridge, Pittston, Peckville, Back Mountain, Mountain Top, Abington, Nazareth, Easton, Bethlehem and Martins Creek branches under the terms of operating leases. Common area maintenance is included in variable lease payments in the table below. The Abington branch has variable lease payments which are calculated as a percentage of the national prime rate of interest and are expensed as incurred. The Bethlehem branch has variable lease payments that increase annually and are expensed as incurred.

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Lease cost

Finance lease cost:

Amortization of right-of-use assets

$

85

$

75

Interest on lease liabilities

8

10

Operating lease cost

540

431

Short-term lease cost

18

18

Variable lease cost

(2)

(1)

Total lease cost

$

649

$

533

Other information

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from finance leases

$

8

$

10

Operating cash flows from operating leases (Fixed payments)

$

496

$

349

Operating cash flows from operating leases (Liability reduction)

$

250

$

85

Financing cash flows from finance leases

$

83

$

73

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

$

88

$

22

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

$

1,338

$

6,189

Weighted-average remaining lease term - finance leases

3.12 yrs

3.67 yrs

Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases

21.30 yrs

23.88 yrs

Weighted-average discount rate - finance leases

2.52%

3.07%

Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

3.56%

3.78%

110


During 2020, $614 thousand of the total lease cost is included in premises and equipment expense and $35 thousand is included in other expenses on the consolidated statements of income. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We recognized both the interest expense and amortization expense for finance leases in premises and equipment expense since the interest expense portion was immaterial.

The future minimum lease payments for the Company’s branch network and equipment under operating leases that have lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

527

2022

505

2023

508

2024

511

2025

517

2026 and thereafter

8,381

Total future minimum lease payments

10,949

Plus variable payment adjustment

264

Less amount representing interest

(3,569)

Present value of net future minimum lease payments

$

7,644

The Company leases several properties, where the Company is lessor, under operating leases to unrelated parties. Some of these properties are residential properties surrounding the Main Branch that the Company leases on a month-to-month basis and are considered short-term leases. The undiscounted cash flows to be received on an annual basis for the remaining three properties under long-term operating leases are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

211

2022

68

2023

48

2024

51

2025

54

2026 and thereafter

81

Total lease payments to be received

$

513

The Company also indirectly originates automobile leases classified as direct finance leases. See Footnote 5, “Loans and leases”, for more information about the Company’s direct finance leases.

Lease income recognized from direct finance leases was included in interest income from loans and leases on the consolidated statements of income. Lease income related to operating leases is included in fees and other revenue on the consolidated statements of income. The Company only receives a variable payment for taxes from one of its lessees, but the amount is immaterial and excluded from rental income. The amount of lease income recognized on the consolidated statements of income was as follows for the periods indicated:

For the years ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

Lease income - direct finance leases

Interest income on lease receivables

$

722

$

683

$

580

Lease income - operating leases

236

239

217

Total lease income

$

958

$

922

$

797

111


ITEM 9:  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an evaluation was carried out by the Company’s management, with the participation of its President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based on such evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files or furnishes under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, and are effective. The Company made no changes in its internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, these controls during the last fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2020.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, and implemented in conjunction with management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework,” (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B: OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required in this item is incorporated by reference herein to the information presented in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

The information required in this item is incorporated by reference herein to the information presented in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Item 406 of Regulation S-K, the Company adopted a written code of ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, which is available on our website at http://www.bankatfidelity.com through the Investor Relations link and then under the headings “Other Information”, “Governance Documents.” In addition, copies of our code of ethics will be provided to shareholders upon written request to Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore, PA 18512 at no charge.

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required in this item is incorporated by reference herein to the information presented in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required in this item is incorporated by reference herein to the information presented in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

112


Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2020 that have been approved and not approved by Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. shareholders:

(a)

(b)

(c)

Plan Category

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

4,738 

$

56.96 

79,743

2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (Restricted stock)

20,675 

$

52.86 

688,128

2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (SSARs)

39,532 

$

38.20 

688,128

2012 Director Stock Incentive Plan (Restricted stock)

9,402 

$

54.46 

693,400

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders - none

-

-

-

Total

74,347 

$

45.53 

1,461,271 

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required in this item is set forth in Footnote No. 16 “Related Party Transactions”, of Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, and the information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference herein to the information presented in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

ITEM 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference herein, to the information presented in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

PART IV

ITEM 15: EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) Financial Statements - The following financial statements are included by reference in Part II, Item 8 hereof:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statement Schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, the data is not significant or the required information is shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto or elsewhere herein.


113


(3) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference as a part of this Form 10-K:

3(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant. Incorporated by reference to Annex B of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus included in Registrant’s Amendment 4 to its Registration Statement No. 333-90273 on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2000.

3(ii) Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 16, 2020.

2.1 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, MNB Corporation and Merchants Bank of Bangor dated as of December 9, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-236453 on Form S-4, filed with the Commission on February 14, 2020. (Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Fidelity agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule upon request.)

*10.1 Registrant’s 2012 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Repurchase Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-183216 on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on August 10, 2012 as amended February 3, 2014.

*10.2 Registrant’s 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Definitive proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 28, 2002.

*10.3 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Daniel J. Santaniello, dated March 23, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2011.

*10.4 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bankand Timothy P. O’Brien, dated March 23, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2011.

*10.5 2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

*10.6 2012 Director Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

*10.7 Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. dated as of March 17, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 18, 2016.

*10.8 Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Eugene J. Walsh dated as of March 29, 2017. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.9 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – Applicable to Daniel J. Santaniello and Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.10 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – Applicable to Eugene J. Walsh and Timothy P. O’Brien. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.11 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement – Applicable to Daniel J. Santaniello, Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. and Eugene J. Walsh. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.12 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement – Applicable to Timothy P. O’Brien. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.13 Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Michael J. Pacyna dated as of March 20, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019.

*10.14 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Michael J. Pacyna. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019.

*10.15 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement for Michael J. Pacyna. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019.

114


13 Annual Report to Shareholders. Incorporated by reference to the 2020 Annual Report to Shareholders filed with the SEC on Form ARS.

21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed herewith.

23 Consent of RSM US LLP, filed herewith.

31.1 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer, filed herewith.

31.2 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer, filed herewith.

32.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

32.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

101 Interactive data files: The following, from Fidelity D&D Bancorp, Inc.’s. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, is formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019; Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018; Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018; Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018; Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(b)The exhibits required to be filed by this Item are listed under Item 15(a) 3, above.

(c)Not applicable.

_________________________

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

ITEM 16: FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

115


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

(Registrant)

Date: March 19, 2021

By:

/s/ Daniel J. Santaniello

 Daniel J. Santaniello,

  President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 19, 2021

By:

/s/ Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr.

 Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr.,

  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following person on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

DATE

By:

/s/ Daniel J. Santaniello

March 19, 2021

Daniel J. Santaniello, President and Chief

Executive Officer

By:

/s/ Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr.

March 19, 2021

Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr., Treasurer

and Chief Financial Officer

By:

/s/ Brian J. Cali

March 19, 2021

Brian J. Cali, Chairman of the

Board of Directors and Director

By:

/s/ John T. Cognetti

March 19, 2021

John T. Cognetti, Secretary and Director

By:

/s/ Richard M. Hotchkiss

March 19, 2021

Richard M. Hotchkiss, Director

By:

/s/ Michael J. McDonald

March 19, 2021

Michael J. McDonald, Vice Chairman

of the Board of Directors and Director

By:

March 19, 2021

 

Mary E. McDonald, Assistant Secretary and Director

By:

/s/ HelenBeth G. Vilcek

March 19, 2021

 

HelenBeth G. Vilcek, Director

By:

/s/ Kristin Dempsey O’Donnell

March 19, 2021

Kristin Dempsey O’Donnell, Director

By:

/s/ Richard Lettieri

March 19, 2021

Richard Lettieri, Director

By:

/s/ William J. Joyce, Sr.

March 19, 2021

William J. Joyce, Sr., Director

By:

/s/ Alan Silverman

March 19, 2021

Alan Silverman, Director

116